Home

9000X AF Drives

1. 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Analog Input 4 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 2 5 Table 6 11 Analog Input 4 Parameters G1 2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 5 1 Al4 signal 0 0 1 152 selection P1 2 5 2 AIA filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 153 0 No filtering P1 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 0 3 1 154 0 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 2 10V 4 10V 3 Custom range P1 2 5 4 AI4 custom 160 00 160 00 0 00 155 minimum setting P1 2 5 5 Al4 custom 160 00 160 00 100 00 156 maximum setting P1 2 5 6 Al4 signal 0 1 0 162 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Free Analog Input Signal Selection Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 2 6 Table 6 12 Free Analog Input Signal Selection G1 2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 6 1 Scaling of current 0 5 0 399 0 Not used limit 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 P1 2 6 2 Scaling of DC 0 5 0 400 See par 1 2 6 1 braking current P1 2 6 3 Reducing of acc O 5 0 401 See par 1 2 6 1 dec times P1 2 6 4 Reducing of 0 5 0 402 See par 1 2 6 1 torque supervision limit P1 2 6 5 Torque limit 0 5 0 485 See par 1 2 6 1 6 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Multi Purpose Control Application Digital Inputs Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 7 Table 6 13 Digital Input Signals
2. 3 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Drive Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 4 Local Remote Control Application Table 3 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 500 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 501 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 time 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration 0 1 3000 0 S 10 0 503 time 2 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start function 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop function 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking 0 0 x Iy 2 x ly A 0 7 x l 507 current P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 start DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 1 x Iy 2x Iy A lu 519 current MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 9 9000X AF Drives Lo
3. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Closed Loop parameter group 1 6 14 SPX only P1 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 100 00 A 0 00 612 P1 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 0 1000 30 613 P1 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 500 0 ms 30 0 614 P1 6 14 4 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 P1 6 14 5 Acceleration 0 00 300 00 Js 0 00 626 compensation P1 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 96 100 619 P1 6 14 7 Magnetizing current MotCurr MotCurr A 0 00 627 at start Min Max P1 6 14 8 Magnetizing time at 0 0 600 0 S 0 0 628 start P1 6 14 9 0 speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P1 6 14 10 0 speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 P1 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P1 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 s 0 0 633 P1 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 0 0 634 P1 6 14 15 Encoder filter time O 1000 ms 0 618 P1 6 14 17 Current control 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 P gain MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 13 9000X AF Drives PID Control Application Protections Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 7 Table 5 9 Protections G1 7 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No response reference fault 1 Warning
4. MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 15 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 5 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Control place 0 3 0 1685 0 Keypad L R 1 Local 2 Remote 3 I O force R2 2 Keypad reference Par Par 1 1 2 Hz 1 4 1 P2 3 Direction on 0 1 0 123 0 Forward keypad 1 Reverse R2 4 PID reference 0 00 100 00 50 00 R2 5 PID reference 2 0 00 100 00 0 00 P2 6 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled P2 7 Operate menu hide 0 1 1 0 Yes 1 2 No System Menu Control Keypad Menu M5 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the drive such as application and language selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Expander Boards Control Keypad Menu M6 The M6 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Note In local and remote control the c
5. Reference potentiometer Terminal Signal Description 1 10 kW OPTA1 1 10V Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 2 wire CO Ni 0 10V DC transmitter 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Actual value exse o4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference in 5 Al2 0 20mA LAT 20 MA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A L 17 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls MAP P d MEN 8 DIN1 Start Stop Control place A Contact closed start PID controller programm le c Pd aa BO a 9 DIN2 Interlock 1 Contact closed Interlock used programmable Contact open Interlock not used m Pa aaa a 10 DIN3 Interlock 2 Contact closed Interlock used programmable Contact open Interlock not used 11 CMA Common for DIN1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 413 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls P 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed Start x Ti Direct frequency reference programmable P 1 115 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active o programmable b d MERERI ELS DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active programmable Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 18 A
6. 101 x LOADED Compare C G 2 2 5 ANALOG INPUT 4 Alf mde Variable Tet Wale Defaut Unit mn Max 5 G 2 2 6 DIGITAL INPUTS P231 3 Fault DigQUT 0 1 DigOUT E 1 i P2314 Fault Inverted igQUT 0 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 3 G 23 OUTPUT SIGNALS P2315 Waming igQQUT 0 DigOUT 0 1 DioDUT E 10 Cy G 23 1 DIG OUT SIGNALS P231 6 External Fault igQUT 0 DigOUT 0 1 DiaQUT E 10 B P231 1 Ready P231 7 Al Ref Faulfwam PNE a DiaQUT 0 1 DiaQUT E 10 B P2312Run B P2313Faul i B P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inverted E P 2 3 1 5 Warning EB P 2 3 1 6 Extemal Fault P 2 3 1 8 OverT emp Warn B P231 9 Reserved B P231 10 Direct Differenc B P231 11 At Ref Speed B P23 112Jogging Speed B P 2 31 13 ExtControl Place B P23 1 14 Ext Brake Contrl B P 2 31 15 EstBrakeCtilInv B P23 1 16 FreqDut SupvLimt B P231 17 FreqDut SupvLim2 B P231 18RefLimSuperv v Figure 6 3 Screenshot of 9000X Drive Programming Tool Entering the Address Code A CAUTION Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation Notice The inputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state Defining Unused Inputs Outputs All unused inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 also for the terminal number The value 0 0 is also the default value for most of the functions However if you want to use the values of a di
7. I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Analog input current range 0 20 mA Basic reference programmable range 0 20 mA Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A I O ground Ground for reference and controls Start forward programmable Contact closed start forward Start reverse programmable Contact closed start reverse External fault input programmable Common for DIN1 DIN3 Contact open no fault Contact closed fault Connect to GND or 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 I O ground Ground for reference and controls Multi step speed select 1 Multi step speed select 2 Multi step speed select 3 Sel1 Sel2 Sel3 Sel4 with DIN3 0 0 0 O Basic speed 1 0 0 0 Speed 1 0 1 0 0 Speed 2 1 1 1 1 Speed 15 Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V Output frequency Analog output Programmable Range 0 20 mA RL max 500W Digital output Programmable Open collector lt 50 mA V x 48V DC Relay output 1 RUN Programmable Relay output 2 FAULT LULU Programmable Remote reference pot Terminal 1 10 kW OPTA1 1 10Vref NNNM 2 Al1 3 Al1 Basic Reference 4A Al2 ti optional o NG AI2 6 24V e p 7 e GND LL i d 8 DIN1 eee on aana aO 9 DIN2 Wa 10 DIN3
8. PE L1 L2 4 L3 T zT F3 F1 F2 F2 LTL2L3 N Sv X9000 amp K1 1 UV ddd KIN A PE Figure 7 5 Example of 3 Pump Autochange Main Diagram MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 9 9000X AF Drives Parameter Lists E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory User s customized setting ID number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed after the drive has been stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M8 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 18 to V1 23 are available in the PFC control application only T
9. Max frequency recommended in torque control only 14 AI1 AI2 selection FB Speed Reference 176 Force local 6 P1 2 7 19 Forces control place to I O terminal 177 Force remote 6 P1 2 7 20 Forces control place to keypad 300 Start Stop logic selection 2346 P1 2 1 P1 2 1 1 0 DIN 1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact start reverse 8 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters A FWD Output Frequency Stop Function ID506 Coasting A gt REV DIN1 DIN2 Figure 8 6 Start Forward Start Reverse The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN1 contact opens the direction of rotation starts to change 3 If Start forward DIN1 and Start reverse DIN2 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN has priority 1 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward see Figure 8 7 FWD AOutput Stop Function Frequency ID506 Coasting REV DIN1 DIN2 CCT fl Figure 8 7 Start Stop and Reverse MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 11 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled op
10. Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 500 0 00 Linear 50 00 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 00 Linear 50 00 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 P1 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start mode 0 1 0 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop mode 0 3 1 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking current 0 4xly 2xlg A lu P1 4 9 DC braking time at 0 00 600 00 Js 0 00 0 00 DC brake is off at stop stop P1 4 10 Frequency to start 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 js 0 00 516 10 00 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking current O 4 x lj 2xIy A lu 519 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 21 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Skip Frequencies Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 5 Table 7 16 Skip Frequencies G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 0 P1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequen
11. Figure 8 50 Stall Time Count MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 65 9000X AF Drives 712 713 714 715 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Stall frequency limit 234567 P1 7 16 The frequency can be set between 1 fmax ID102 For a stall state to occur the output frequency must have remained below this limit See Page A 4 Underload protection 234567 P1 7 17 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to 0 will reset the underload time counter to zero See Page A 5 Underload protection field 234567 P1 7 18 weakening area load The torque limit can be set between 10 0 150 0 96 x TnMotor This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the field weakening point See Figure 8 51 If you change ID113 nominal motor current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See Page A 5 Torque ID714 ID715 Underload Area f T gt 5 Hz Field Weakening Point ID602 Figure 8 51 Setting of Minimum Load Underload protection zero 234567 P1 7 19 frequency load The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 96 x TnMotor This parameter gives value for the mi
12. Figure 8 63 Autochange Interval and Limits MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 83 9000X AF Drives 1032 1033 1034 1035 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Interlock selection 7 P1 9 23 With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the automatic control frequency converter directly to the mains line or place them in the off state The interlock feedback functions are connected to the digital inputs of the frequency converter Program ID426 to ID430 to connect the feedback functions to the digital inputs Each auxiliary drive must be connected to its own interlock input The Pump and fan control only controls those motors whose interlock input is active 0 Interlock feedback not used The frequency converter receives no interlock feedback from the auxiliary drives 1 Update of autochange order in Stop The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the auxiliary drives In case one of the auxiliary drives is for some reason disconnected from the system and eventually re connected it will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 3 P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2
13. G1 2 7 Code Parameter Min Max Default ID Note P1 2 7 19 Start Signal 1 DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 1 403 See P1 2 1 1 P1 2 7 2 Start signal 2 DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 2 404 See P1 2 1 1 P1 2 7 3 Run Enable DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 2 407 Motor start enabled cc 9 P1 2 7 4 Reverse DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 412 Direction forward oc 9 Direction reverse cc P1 2 7 5 Preset Speed 1 DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 419 See preset speeds in Basic Parameters G2 1 P1 2 7 69 Preset Speed 2 DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 420 P1 2 7 7 Preset Speed 3 DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 421 P1 2 7 89 Mot Pot Down DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 417 Mot pot reference decreases cc 9 P1 2 7 9 Mot Pot Up DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 418 Mot pot reference increases cc 9 P1 2 7 10 Fault Reset DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 3 414 All faults reset cc 9 P1 2 7 11 External Fault close DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 5 405 Ext fault F51 displayed cc 9 P1 2 7 12 External Fault open DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 2 406 Ext fault F51 displayed oc 9 P1 2 7 13 Acc Dec Time Sel DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 6 408 Acc Dec time 1 oc 9 Acc Dec time 2 cc P1 2 7 14 Acc Dec Prohibit DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc 9 P1 2 7 15 DC Brake
14. K2 K1 K2 K2 kii J K1 7 K2 1 2 K2 ia K1 K1 1 K2 K2 1 M1 SPX9000 M1 Line M2 SPX9000 M2 Line Figure 7 1 2 Pump Autochange System Principal Control Diagram MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 3 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application 230V AC SPX9000 OPTA1 SPX9000 OPTA1 SPX9000 OPTA1 124V DC DIN3 DIN4 l e o 112R foDin2 10 14 ON enel T l L m L eel i ES ie Up Las Ta NA kana SPX9000 sPX9000 9 28 OPTB5 OPTB5 023 626 029 I Ein li ANON edhe se saei A D Line A O Line A O Line a xx BE NE CU K3 7 K3 7 K1 7 K2N K3 KI K3 K2 K1 K2 7 K1 7 K2 7 K1 1 K1 7 K2 1 7 K2 7 K3 1 7 K7 KI KI K2 K2 1 K3 K3 1 M1 SPX9000 Mi Line M2 SPX9000 M2 Line M1 SPX9000 M3 Line Figure 7 2 3 Pump Autochange System Principal Control Diagram 7 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Short Description of Function and Essential Parameters Automatic Changing Between Drives Autochange P1 9 24 The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives contro
15. 142 143 144 145 151 1520 153 154 155 156 162 Description of Parameters A13 signal selection 567 P1 2 38 P1 2 4 1 E T N August 2010 Connect the AI3 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter For more information see Page 6 3 Terminal to Function TTF programming principle Al3 signal filter time 567 P1 2 41 P1 2 4 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than O the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog signal is activated A long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See ID324 A13 signal range 567 P1 2 39 P1 2 4 3 With this parameter you can select the AI3 signal range Table 8 4 Selections for ID143 Application Select 5 6 7 0 0 10096 0 10096 0 10096 1 20 10096 20 100 20 10096 2 10 10V Customized 3 Customized AI3 custom setting minimum 67 P1 2 4 4 AI3 custom setting maximum 67 P1 2 4 5 Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the AI3 signal from O to 10096 A13 signal inversion 0 No inversion 1 Signal inverted Al4 signal selection See ID141 Al4 filter time See ID142 A14 signal range See ID143 A14 custom setting minimum A14 custom setting maximum See ID144 and ID145 A14 signal inversion See ID151 567 567 567 567 67 67 567 P1 2 40 P1 2 4 6 P1 2 42 P1 2 5 1 P1
16. August 2010 9000X AF Drives Standard Application Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Closed Loop parameter group 1 6 14 SPX only Continued P1 6 14 9 0 speed time at start O 32000 ms 100 615 P1 6 14 10 0 speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 P1 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P1 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 s 0 0 633 P1 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 s 0 0 634 P1 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 1000 ms 0 618 P1 6 14 17 Current control 0 00 100 00 Yo 40 00 617 P gain Protections Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 7 Table 2 9 Protections G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 6 LL 700 0 Noresponse reference fault 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 1 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting 6 Fault Restart P1 7 2 Reference fault 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 728 frequency P1 7 3 Response to external 0 3 It 701 0 No response fault 1 Warning P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 730 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 5 Response to 1 3 727 undervoltage fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 supervision P1 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 2 703 P1 7 8 Thermal protecti
17. Custom ID304 Alt Term 2 t gt 0 ID321 ID322 100 Figure 8 19 Al1 Signal Inversion MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 23 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 324 AI signal filter time 34567 P1 2 8 P1 2 20 P1 2 2 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analog signal is activated A long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 8 20 Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 tis Figure 8 20 Al1 Signal Filtering 325 Analog input Al2 signal range 34567 P1 2 10 P1 2 22 P1 2 3 3 Table 8 10 Selections for Parameter ID325 Application Select 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 20mA 0 20mA 0 100956 0 100 1 4 20mA 4mA 20 10096 20 100 20 100 2 Customized Customized 10 10V Customized 3 Customized A Output Frequency ID304 ID325 Custom 1D325 1 ID303 AI2 20 100 Al2 Term 3 4 4mA 20 mA ID326 1D327 Figure 8 21 Analog Input AI2 Scaling 8 24 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Analog input AI2 custom 34567 P1 2 11 P1 2 23 P1 2 3 4 setting min Analog input AI2
18. E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 2 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN4 closed contact start pulse DIN5 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 32 Output If Start and Stop pulses are Frequency Stop Function simultaneous the Stop pulse ID506 Coasting overrides the Start pulse a REV DIN4 Start DIN5 Stop 364 365 Figure 8 32 Place B Start Pulse Stop Pulse Selections 4 to 6 are used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started 4 DIN4 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN5 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopp
19. Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times Flying start 1 The frequency converter is able to start into a running motor by applying a small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the speed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given with the flying start it is possible to ride through short utility voltage interruptions 506 Stop Function P1 4 7 Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration Normal stop Ramp Run Enable stop coasting 2 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when Run Enable is selected the motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter Normal stop Coasting Run Enable stop ramping 3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency convert
20. P1 3 3 0 00 Analog output filter time 10 00 S 1 00 308 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 lhMotor 5 Motor torque 0 Tamotor 6 Motor power 0 PM5tor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC Bus volt 0 1000V 0 No filtering MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 2 b 9000X AF Drives E T N Standard Application Table 2 5 Output Signals G1 3 Continued August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 Analog output 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output 0 1 0 310 0 0mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 6 Analog output scale 10 1000 100 311 P1 3 7 Digital output 1 0 16 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit 1 superv 14 Remote Control Active 15 Thermistor fault warng 16 Fieldbus input data P1 3 8 Relay output 1 0 16 2 313 Same as parameter 1 3 7 function P1 3 9 Relay output 2 0 16 3 314 Same as parameter 1 3 7 function P1 3 10 Output frequency limit 0 2 0 315 0 No limit 1 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervi
21. Reference Scaling Max ID304 70 Hz From Reverse to Forward Max Freq ID102 50 Hz From Forward to Reverse Analog Input V mA 0 10V 20 mA Min Freq ID101 Ref Scaling Min ID303 0 Hz ID321 i ID322 20 90 Joystick Hysteresis 1D384 20 Figure 8 34 An Example of Joystick Hysteresis In this example the value of ID385 Sleep limit 0 8 38 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E ETN 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 385 Al1 sleep limit 6 P1 2 2 9 The frequency converter is automatically stopped if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See Figure 8 35 Frequency Reference H REVERSE FORWARD 5096 5096 Reference Scaling Max B 1D304 70 Hz From Reverse to Forward Max Freq ID102 50 Hz From Forward to Reverse Analog Input V mA Min Freq ID101 0 10V 20 mA Ref Scaling Min ID303 0 Hz ID321 ID322 20 Sleep Limit 9095 ID385 796 Joystick Hysteresis ID384 2096 Figure 8 35 Example of Sleep Limit Function MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 39 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters E T N August 2010 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference Scaling Max P2 2 2 7 70 Hz Max Freq P2 1 2 50 Hz Min Freq P2 1
22. Sets the gain for the speed controller in per Hz See Page A 3 CL Speed control I time 234567 P1 6 12 3 P1 6 15 3 Sets the integral time constant for the speed controller Increasing the I time increases stability but lengthens the speed response time See Page A 3 CL Zero speed time at start 234567 P1 6 12 9 P1 6 15 9 After giving the start command the drive will remain at zero speed for the time defined by this parameter The ramp will be released to follow the set frequency speed reference after this time has elapsed from the instant where the command is given See Page A 3 CL Zero speed time at stop 234567 P1 6 12 10 P1 6 15 10 The drive will remain at zero speed with controllers active for the time defined by this parameter after reaching the zero speed when a stop command is given This parameter has no effect if the selected stop function ID506 is Coasting See Page A 3 CL Current control P gain 234567 P1 6 12 17 P1 6 15 17 Sets the gain for the current controller This controller is active only in closed loop and advanced open loop modes The controller generates the voltage vector reference to the modulator See Page A 3 CL Encoder filter time 234567 P1 6 12 18 P1 6 15 18 Sets the filter time constant for speed measurement The parameter can be used to eliminate encoder signal noise Too high a filter time reduces speed control stability See Page A 3 CL Slip adjust 234567 P1 6 12 6
23. Stall protection 0 3 1 709 See P1 7 3 P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor IL 710 x2 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 P1 1 2 Hz 25 00 P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 18 Underload protect 10 150 0 96 50 0 from torque P1 7 19 Underload protect 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 f torque P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 Js 20 00 protection time limit P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 See P1 7 3 thermistor fault MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 23 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 18 Protections G1 7 Continued E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 SeeP1 7 3 fieldbus fault P1 7 28 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 3 fault P1 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 0 739 P1 7 25 Response to PT100 O 1 1 740 0 Fault stored to history fault 1 Fault not stored to history P1 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 200 0 C 120 0 741 P1 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 C 130 0 742 P1 7 28 FB MCW Bit 15 0 2 0 771 0 No action 1 Fault low 2 Fault high Autorestart Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G71 8 Table 7 19 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00
24. the motor P1 1 9 Nominal current of 0 1xly 2Xx ly A lu 113 Check the rating plate of the motor the motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 11 Local control place 1 3 2 171 1 I O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 3 1 172 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 13 Local reference 0 15 8 173 0 AI1 1 Al2 2 AIT AI2 3 AI1 AI2 4 AI2 AI1 5 Al1xAl2 6 AI1 Joystick 7 AI2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 AI1 AI2 minimum 12 AI1 AI2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 AI1 AI2 selection 15 Encoder A1 6 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Table 6 6 Basic Parameters G1 1 Continued 9000X AF Drives Multi Purpose Control Application Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 1 14 Remote reference 0 15 0 AI1 174 See par 1 1 13 P1 1 15 Identification 0 1 2 0 No Action 631 0 No Action 1 ID No Run SPX Only 2 ID With Run P1 1 16 V Hz Boost 0 1 0 None 109 0 None 1 AutoTorqBoos P1 1 17 Jog Speed Ref Min Freq Max Freq Hz 5 00 124 P1 1 18 Preset Speed 1 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 10 00 105 P1 1 19 Preset Speed 2 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 15 00 106 P1 1 20 Preset Speed 3 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 20 00 126 P1 1 21 Prese
25. 10V 10V 3 Custom range 9 P1 2 2 4 Al1 custom minimum 160 00 160 00 0 00 321 setting P1 2 2 5 Al1 custom maximum 160 00 160 00 100 00 322 setting P1 2 2 6 Al1 reference scaling 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 303 Selects the frequency that minimum value corresponds to the min reference signal P1 2 2 7 AI1 reference scaling 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 maximum value P1 2 2 8 Al1 joystick hysteresis 0 00 20 00 96 0 00 384 P1 2 2 9 AIT sleep limit 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 385 P1 2 2 10 Ali sleep delay 0 00 320 00 S 0 00 386 P1 2 2 11 AI joystick offset 50 00 50 00 96 0 00 165 9 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 6 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Analog Input 2 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 2 3 Table 6 9 Analog Input 2 Parameters G1 2 3 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 3 1 9 AI2 signal 0 A 2 388 TTF programming selection See chapter 6 3 P1 2 3 2 A12 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering P1 2 3 3 Al2 signal range 0 3 1 325 0 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 2 10V 4 10V 3 Custom range 9 P1 2 3 4 AI2 custom 160 00 160 00 0 00 326 minimum setting P1 2 3 5 AI2 custom 160 00 160 00 100 00 327 maximum sett
26. 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 118 A01 Output frequency Programmable READY 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA R max 500W G9 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA U lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 RUN L pA RO1 us RUN Q 23 RO1 AN m 24 RO2 Relay output 2 220V 4 25 RO2 w FAULT AC a7 26 R02 Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 P Jumper Block X3 CMA and CMB Grounding ej CMB connected to GND e CMA connected to GND e CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected e together isolated from GND B Factory default 1 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Basic Application Basic Application Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID D number of the parameter Parameter value
27. Digital output 1 on delay 6 P1 3 1 3 Digital output 1 off delay 6 P1 3 1 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays for digital outputs Signal Programmed o NM M to Digital Output l 2 0d L DO1 or DO Output ke 3 ON Delay OFF Delay 4890 490 491 Figure 8 40 Digital Outputs 1 and 2 On and Off Delays Digital output 2 signal selection 6 P1 3 2 1 See ID486 Digital output 2 function 6 P1 3 2 2 See ID312 Digital output 2 on delay 6 P1 3 2 3 See ID487 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 49 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 492 Digital output 2 off delay 6 P1 3 1 4 See ID488 493 Adjust input 6 P1 2 1 4 With this parameter you can select the signal according to which the frequency reference to the motor is fine adjusted 0 Not used 1 Analog input 1 2 Analog input 2 3 Analog input 3 4 Analog input 4 5 Signal from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN 494 Adjust minimum 6 P1 2 1 5 495 Adjust maximum 6 P1 2 1 6 These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals See Figure 8 41 Adjust f Hz Maximum Adjusted ID495 10 A4 Adjust 096 40 Hz 36 Hz Pee Minimum ID494 10 Analog Input Figure 8 41 An Example of Adjust Input 496 Parameter Set 1 Set 2 selection 6 P1 2 7 21 With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2 The input for this functio
28. E T N August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Motor Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 6 Table 4 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control mode 0 1 6 0 600 SVX 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for SPX 2 Torque control 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl P1 6 2 V Hz optimization 0 1 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hzf ratio selection 0 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field weakening point 8 00 P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 n X Unmot weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 n X Unmot voltage Parameter max value par 1 6 5 P1 6 8 Output voltage at zero 0 00 n X Unmot frequency P1 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 See Table 8 12 on Page 8 57 for exact values P1 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 0 Not used 1 V Hz 2 V H w boost 4 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Table 4 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Continued 9000X AF Drives
29. LL AA 10 DIN3 Fault reset programmable Contact closed fault reset 11 CMA Common for DIN1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 af 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls EK 714 DIN4 Jog speed selection Contact closed jog speed active programmable es Pa at os tl DIN5 External fault Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault MN i msn MG DING Accel decel time select Contact open P1 1 3 P1 1 4 in use programmable Contact closed P1 4 3 P1 4 4 in use 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V ma 18 AOA1 Output frequency Programmable AEN 171 Analog output Range 0 20 mA Ry max 500W READY 19 AOA1 g oup g Do 20 DOA1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN p2 RO1 NY RUN G9 O 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 220V y oe RO J FAULT AC oo S Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Jumper Block X3 CMA and CMB Grounding ee CMB connected to GND e CMA connected to GND e e CMB isolated from GND e CMA isolated from GND ele CMB and CMA internally connected eje together isolated from GND Factory default 6 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T
30. Local 2 Remote 3 1 0 force R2 1 Keypad reference Par 1 1 1 Par 1 1 2 Hz P2 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 4 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled P2 5 Operate menu hide 0 1 0 1688 0 No 1 Yes System Menu Control Keypad Menu M5 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the drive such as application and language selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Expander Boards Control Keypad Menu M6 The M6 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 4 13 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 4 14 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Chapter 5 PID Control Application Introduction Select the PID Control Application in menu M5 See Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual In the PID Control Application there are two I O terminal control places place A is the PID controller and source B is the direct frequency reference The control place A or B is selected with digital input DIN6 The PID controller reference can be selected from the analog inputs
31. Multi Step Speed Control Application Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Closed Loop parameter group 1 6 14 SPX only P1 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 100 00 A 0 00 612 P1 6 14 2 Speed control P gain 0 1000 30 613 P1 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 500 0 ms 30 0 614 P1 6 14 5 Acceleration 0 00 300 00 S 0 00 626 compensation P1 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 96 100 619 P1 6 14 7 Magnetizing current at MotCurr MotCurr A 0 00 627 start Min Max P1 6 14 8 Magnetizing time at 0 0 600 0 s 0 0 628 start P1 6 14 9 O speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 615 P1 6 14 10 0 speed time at stop 0 32000 ms 100 616 P1 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P1 6 14 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 S 0 0 633 P1 6 14 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 S 0 0 634 P1 6 14 15 Encoder filter time 0 1000 ms 0 618 P1 6 14 17 Current control P gain 0 00 100 00 40 00 617 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Protections Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 7 Table 4 9 Protections G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 700 0 No respo
32. P1 9 26 After the expiration of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with ID1031 Autochange frequency limit and ID1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of ID1031 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place See Figure 8 63 Maximum number of auxiliary 7 P1 9 27 drives Autochange frequency limit 7 P1 9 28 These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain for autochange to take place This level is defined as follows Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of ID1030 the autochange function can take place Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of ID1030 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of ID1031 the autochange can take place fthe value of ID1031 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of ID1030 Output Autochange Frequency Moment A ID1030 1 Max Number of Auxiliary Drives 1D1031 Autochange Level Frequency 1D1029 ID1029 Autochange Interval Autochange Interval Aux Dive PT bl fo L 1 Control Aux Drive aa 2 Control
33. Table 7 4 Input Signals Basic Settings G1 2 1 Pump and Fan Control Application 9000X AF Drives potentiometerramp time Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 1 1 9 PID Reference 2 0 7 7 S71 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 PID reference 1 from keypad 5 Fieldbus reference FBProcessDatalN3 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad P1 2 1 2 PID error value 0 1 0 340 0 No inversion inversion 1 Inversion P1 2 1 3 PID reference 0 0 100 0 5 0 341 Time for reference value to rising time change from 0 to 100 P1 2 1 4 PID reference 0 0 100 0 5 0 342 Time for reference value to falling time change from 10096 to 096 P1 2 1 5 9 PID actual value 0 7 0 333 0 Actual value 1 selection 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual 1 Actual 2 7 Sart Act 1 Sqrt Act 2 P1 2 1 6 Actual value 1 0 5 2 334 0 Not used selection 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 1 7 Actual value 2 0 5 0 335 0 Not used selection 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 1 8 Actual value 1 1600 0 1600 0 96 0 0 336 0 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 1 9 Actual value 1 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 337 100 0 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 1 10 Actual value 2 1600 0 1600 0 0 0 338 0
34. l llle 6 14 Table 6 16 Digital Output Signals G1 3 3 eee 6 15 Table 6 17 Limit Settings G1 3 4 0 0 ene 6 16 Table 6 18 Analog Output 1 Parameters G1 3 5 nanana cc ees 6 17 Table 6 19 Analog Output 2 Parameters G1 3 6 ees 6 18 Table 6 20 Analog Output 3 Parameters G1 3 7 ees 6 18 vi For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 List of Tables continued 9000X AF Drives Table 6 21 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 lesen 6 19 Table 6 22 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 lese eee 6 20 Table 6 23 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 0 6 20 Table 6 24 Protections G 1 7 6 6 3 saba Phe eeu xe hs uw Regia eee 6 22 Table 6 25 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 0 0 ccc eee lees 6 24 Table 6 26 Fieldbus Parameters G1 9 een 6 24 Table 6 27 Torque Control Parameters G1 10 c cece eee eee eee 6 25 Table 6 28 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lesen 6 26 Table 7 1 Pump and Fan Control Application Default I O Configuration and Connection Example with 2 wire transmitter cece eee eens 7 2 Table 7 2 Monitoring Values nne 7 10 Table 7 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 eee 7 11 Table 7 4 Input Signals Basic Settings G1 2 1 elles 7 13 Table 7 5 Input Signals Analog Input 1 G1 2 2 ee 7 14 Table 7 6 Input Signals
35. 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 1 11 Actual value 2 1600 0 1600 0 100 0 339 100 0 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 1 12 Motor 0 1 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 13 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 4 Input Signals Basic Settings G1 2 1 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 1 13 Motor 0 2 1 367 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or powered frequency reference down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 1 14 Motor 0 2 0 370 0 No reset potentiometer PID 1 Reset if stopped or powered reference memory down reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 1 15 B reference scale 0 0 P1 2 1 16 Hz 0 0 0 0 Scaling off minimum 50 0 Scaled min value P1 2 1 16 B reference scale P1 2 1 15 320 0 Hz 0 0 0 0 Scaling off maximum gt 0 0 Scaled max value Analog Input 1 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 2 2 Table 7 5 Input Signals Analog Input 1 G1 2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 2 1 AI1 signal selection AnIN A 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 1 377 P1 2 2 2 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering P1 2 2 3 AI1 signal range 0 2 0 320 0 Signal range 0 10096 1 Signal range 2
36. 0 3 ID316 A Output ID347 T 4 Frequency lt Fault Figure A 2 Brake Control Logic A 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Appendix A Closed Loop Parameters ID612 to ID621 Select the Closed loop control mode by setting value 3 or 4 for ID600 Closed loop control mode see Page 8 57 is used when enhanced performance near zero speed and better static speed accuracy with higher speeds are needed Closed loop control mode is based on rotor flux oriented current vector control With this controlling principle the phase currents are divided into a torque producing current portion and a magnetizing current portion Thus the squirrel cage induction machine can be controlled in a fashion of a separately excited DC motor Note These parameters can be used with SVXP drive only Example Motor Control Mode 3 Closed loop speed control This is the usual operation mode when fast response times high accuracy or controlled run at zero frequencies are needed Encoder board should be connected to slot C of the control unit Set the encoder P R parameter P7 3 1 1 Run in open loop and check the encoder speed and direction V7 3 2 2 Change the direction parameter P7 3 1 2 or switch the phases of motor cables if necessary Do not run if encoder speed is wrong Program the no load current to ID612 and set ID619 Slip Adjust to get the voltage slightly
37. 0 s 0 0 1026 0 0 No delay delay 300 0 No frequency drop P1 9 23 Interlock selection 0 2 0 1032 0 Interlocks not used 1 Set new interlock last update order after value of P1 9 26 or Stop state 2 Stop and update order immediately P1 9 24 Autochange 0 1 0 1027 0 Not used 1 Autochange used P1 9 25 Autochange and 0 1 0 1028 0 Auxiliary drives only interlock 1 All drives automatics selection P1 9 26 Autochange 0 0 3000 0 h 48 0 1029 0 0 TEST 40s interval P1 9 27 Autochange 0 4 1 1030 maximum number of auxiliary drives P1 9 28 Autochange 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 30 00 1031 frequency limit P1 9 29 Actual value special 0 0 3000 0 0 0 1033 display minimum P1 9 30 Actual value special 0 0 3000 0 10 0 1034 display maximum P1 9 31 Actual value special 0 4 1 1035 display decimals Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Control place 0 2 0 1685 0 Keypad L R 1 Local 2 Remote 3 I O select R2 1 Keypad reference PA P1 1 2 Hz P2 2 Direction on 0 1 0 123 0 Forward keypad 1 Reverse P2 3 PID reference 1 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 P2 4 PID reference 2 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 P2 5 Stop button active 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled P2 6 Operate menu hide 0 1 0 0 No 1 Yes 7 26 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Applicatio
38. 1 Ref Scaling Min P2 2 2 6 0 Hz Par 2 2 2 4 i 2096 1 Par 2 2 2 5 Joystick Hysteresis 9076 P2 2 2 8 20 From Reverse to Forward From Forward to Reverse Analog Input V mA 0 10V 20 mA Figure 8 36 Joystick Hysteresis with Minimum Frequency at 35 Hz 386 Al1 sleep delay 6 P1 2 2 10 This parameter defines the time the analog input signal has to stay under the Sleep limit determined with parameter ID385 in order to stop the frequency converter 388 Al2 signal selection 234567 P1 2 9 P1 2 21 P1 2 3 1 Connect the Al2 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 8 40 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 393 394 395 396 397 399 400 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters AI2 reference scaling 6 P1 2 3 6 minimum value Al2 reference scaling 6 P1 2 3 7 maximum value See ID303 and ID304 Al2 joystick hysteresis 6 P1 2 3 8 See ID384 Al2 sleep limit 6 P1 2 3 9 See ID385 Al2 sleep delay 6 P1 2 3 10 See ID386 Scaling of current limit 6 P1 2 6 1 0 Not used 1 Alt 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with ID107 Scaling of DC braking current 6 P1 2 6 2 See ID399 for the selections DC braking
39. 1 Stop button always enabled P2 5 Operate menu hide 0 1 0 1688 0 No 1 Yes System Menu Control Keypad Menu M5 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the drive such as application and language selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Expander Boards Control Keypad Menu M6 The M6 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 2 11 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 2 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Chapter 3 Local Remote Control Application Introduction Select the Local Remote Control Application in menu Mb See Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual The Local Remote Application utilizes digital input DIN6 to select between Local and Remote control For each control location the frequency can be selected from either the keypad I O terminals or fieldbus All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Second I O programmable stay stop and reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp progra
40. 11 CMA 12 424V e 13 e GND 14 DIN4 Wa 15 DINS 16 DIN6 17 CMB 118 AO1 GA s Lao READY 20 DO1 OPTA2 21 RO1 RUN LL PE RO1 9 23 RO1 24 RO2 220V 1 25 RO2 AC 4 26 RO2 _ Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Jumper Block X3 CMA and CMB Grounding ee CMB connected to GND e e CMA connected to GND ele CMB isolated from GND e CMA isolated from GND eje CMB and CMA internally connected eje together isolated from GND Factory default 4 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Multi Step Speed Control Application Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID D number of the parameter Parameter value can only be changed after the drive has been stopped Use TF method to program these parameters See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M7
41. 12 Place B Start Stop 363 Start fwd Start rvs logic selection Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Fwd Rvs Start 9 Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run enable P1 2 13 Reference scaling par 1 2 17 Hz 0 00 303 Selects the frequency that minimum value corresponds to the min reference signal P1 2 14 Reference scaling Hz 0 00 304 Selects the frequency that maximum value corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value P1 2 15 Motor 0 1 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 potentiometer ramp time P1 2 16 Motor 0 2 1 367 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or powered frequency reference down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 17 Start pulse memory 0 1 0 498 0 Run state not copied 1 Run state copied Rising edge required to start 3 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Local Remote Control Application Output Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 Table 3 5 Output Signals G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note P1 3 10 A01 signal selection 0 A 1 464 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output function 0 307 0 Not used 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 Inmotor 5 Moto
42. 15 Input Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 Table 4 4 Input Signals G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 19 Start Stop logic 0 6 0 300 DIN1 DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rvs 1 Start Stop Rvs Fwd 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Fwd Rvs 5 Start Stop Rvs Fwd 6 Start Stop Run enable P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 12 1 301 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force CP to Local 9 6 Force CP to Remote 9 7 Rvs if par 1 2 1 3 8 Jogging speed 9 Fault reset 10 Acc Dec operation prohibit 11 DC Braking command 12 Preset speed P1 2 3 Al1 signal 0 A 1 377 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 4 All signal range O 2 0 320 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 Custom setting range 9 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact MN04004001E 4 5 For more information visit www eaton com 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Table 4 4 Input Signals G1 2 Continued function Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P12 5 A11 custom setting 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 321 Analog input 1 sc
43. 18 Preset speed 1 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 5 00 105 Multi step speed 1 P1 1 19 Preset speed 2 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 10 00 106 Multi step speed 2 P1 1 20 Preset speed 3 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 12 50 126 Multi step speed 3 p1 1 21 Preset speed 4 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 15 00 127 Multi step speed 4 P1 1 22 Preset speed 5 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 17 50 128 Multi step speed 5 P1 1 23 Preset speed 6 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 20 00 129 Multi step speed 6 4 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Multi Step Speed Control Application Table 4 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 24 Preset speed 7 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 22 50 130 Multi step speed 7 P1 1 25 Preset speed 8 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 25 00 133 Multi step speed 8 P1 1 26 Preset speed 9 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 27 50 134 Multi step speed 9 P1 1 27 Preset speed 10 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 30 00 135 Multi step speed 10 P1 1 28 Preset speed 11 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 32 50 136 Multi step speed 11 P1 1 29 Preset speed 12 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 35 00 137 Multi step speed 12 P1 1 30 Preset speed 13 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 40 00 138 Multi step speed 13 P1 1 31 Preset speed 14 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 45 00 139 Multi step speed 14 P1 1 32 Preset speed 15 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 60 00 140 Multi step speed
44. August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 11 Output frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 316 limit 1 Supervision value P1 3 12 Output frequency 0 2 0 346 0 No limit limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 13 Output frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 347 limit 2 Supervision value P1 3 14 Torque limit 0 2 0 348 0 No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 15 Torque limit 0 0 200 0 96 0 0 349 supervision value P1 3 16 Reference limit 0 2 0 350 0 No supervision 1 Low limit function 2 High limit P1 3 17 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 18 External brake Off 0 0 100 0 S 0 5 352 delay P1 3 19 External brake On 0 0 100 0 S 1 5 353 delay P1 3 20 Frequency 0 2 0 354 0 No converter 1 Low limit temperature limit 2 High limit supervision P1 3 21 Frequency 10 75 C 0 355 converter temperature limit value P1 3 22 Analog output 2 0 0 1 471 TTF programming method used signal selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 23 Analog output 2 0 8 4 472 Same as parameter 1 3 2 function P1 3 24 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 25 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 26 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 0 0mA minimum 124mA P1 3 27 Analog output 2 10 1000 96 100 476 scaling
45. B signal DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN A 4 424 P1 2 6 3 Control place A B DigIN 01 Digin E 10 DigIN A 6 425 Control place A oc 9 selection Control place B cc 9 P1 2 6 9 External fault DiglN 01 DigIn E 10 DigIN 0 1 405 Ext fault displayed cc 9 close P1 2 6 59 External fault DiglN 01 DigIn E 10 DigIN 0 1 406 Ext fault displayed oc 9 open P1 2 6 60 Run enable DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 407 Motor start enabled cc 9 P1 2 6 72 Acc Dec time DiglN 01 DigIn E 10 DigIN 0 1 408 Acc Dec time 1 oc 9 selection Acc Dec time 2 cc cc closing contact oc opening contact MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 9 Input Signals Digital Inputs G1 2 6 Continued E T N August 2010 cc closing contact oc opening contact Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 6 89 Control from I O DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DiglN 0 1 409 Force control place to Remote terminal Force Remote P1 2 6 99 Reverse DigIN 01 DigIn E 10 DigIN 0 1 412 Direction forward oc 9 Direction reverse cc P1 2 6 10 Jogging speed DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN A 5 413 Jogging speed selected for frequency reference cc 9 P1 2 6 11 Fault reset DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 414 All faults reset cc 9 P
46. Command DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 416 DC braking active cc 9 P1 2 7 16 9 Jogging Speed DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN A 4 413 Jogging speed selected for frequency reference cc P1 2 7 17 9 Al1 Al2 Select DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 422 cc Al2 is used as reference when ID117 14 P1 2 7 18 Force Remote DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 409 Force control place to Remote cc 9 P1 2 7 19 9 Parameter Set1 Set2 Sel DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 496 Closed cont Set 2 is used Open cont Set 1 is used P1 2 7 20 Motor Ctrl Mode 1 2 DigIN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 1 164 Closed cont Mode 2 is used Open cont Mode 1 is used P1 2 7 21 CPX Temp Open DiglN 0 1 DigIN E 10 DigIN 0 2 1686 CPX Temperature Fault cc closing contact oc opening contact MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 13 9000X AF Drives Output Signals E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Delayed Digital Output 1 Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 1 Table 6 14 Delayed Digital Output 1 Parameters G1 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 1 Digital output 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 0 1 486 signal selection P1 3 1 2 Digital output 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ex
47. Contact closed start reverse programmable 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see terminal 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 114 DIN4 Local start forward Contact closed start forward programmable DIN5 Local start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable 16 DING Local Remote selection Contact open Local is active Contact closed Remote is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 424V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable 19 A01 Analog output Range 0 20 mA RL max 500W 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable 22 RO1 m RUN sima 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 25 RO2 E d FAULT j R Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Jumper Block X3 CMA and CMB Grounding ee CMB connected to GND e CMA connected to GND e e CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND eje CMB and CMA internally connected eje together isolated from GND Factory default 3 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Local Remote Control A
48. Current limit 0 1X1y 2X ly A IL 107 P1 1 69 Nominal voltage of the 180 690 V P 230V 110 motor P 460V P 575V P1 1 7 Nominal frequency of 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P1 1 8 Nominal speed of the 300 20 000 rpm 1720 112 The default applies for a 4 pole motor motor and a nominal size frequency converter P1 1 99 Nominal current of the 0 1 x l4 2x ly A lu 113 Check the rating plate of the motor motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 11 Local Control 1 1 0 Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote Control 1 1 0 Terminal Place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 13 Local reference 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 14 Remote reference 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 15 Identification 0 Not used 1 V Hz 2 V Hz with boost P1 1 16 V Hz Opt 1 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 1 17 Preset speed 1 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 10 00 105 Speeds preset by operator P1 1 18 Preset speed 2 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 40 00 106 2 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Standard Application Input Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 Table 2 4 Input Signals G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 1 9 Start Stop logic 0 6 0 300 DIN1 DIN2 0 Start fwd Start rv
49. E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 107 Current limit P1 5 P1 1 5 This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the frequency converter The parameter value range differs from size to size 108 V Hz ratio selection 234567 P1 6 3 Linear 0 The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor A linear V Hz ratio should be used in constant torque applications This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting Squared 1 The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor The motor runs under magnetized below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electromechanical noise A squared V Hz ratio can be used in applications where the torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps Uni SSS SS SS S29 1D603 Default Nominal Voltage of the Motor Field Weakening Point Squared Default Nominal Frequency of the Motor f H y Hz Figure 8 1 Linear and Squared Change of Motor Voltage Programmable V Hz curve 2 The V Hz curve can be programmed with three different points A programmable V Hz curve can be used
50. Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 1 Analog output 2 AnOUT 01 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT 0 1 471 signal selection P1 3 4 2 Analog output 2 O 14 0 472 See P1 3 3 2 function P1 3 4 3 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 473 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 4 4 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 4 5 Analog output 2 O 1 0 475 0 0mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 4 6 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 scale P1 3 4 7 Analog output 2 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 477 offset Analog Output 3 Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 5 Table 7 14 Output Signals Analog Output 3 G1 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 5 1 Analog output 3 AnOUT 01 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT 0 1 478 signal selection P1 3 5 2 Analog output 3 O 14 0 479 See P1 3 3 2 function P1 3 5 3 Analog output 3 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 480 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 5 4 Analog output 3 0 1 0 481 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 5 Analog output 3 O 1 0 482 020mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 5 6 Analog output 3 10 1000 100 483 scale P1 3 5 7 Analog output 3 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 484 offset 7 20 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Drive Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 4 Table 7 15 Drive Control Parameters G1 4
51. Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency Par 1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 4xly 2xlg A IL 107 P1 1 6 Nominal voltage of the 180 690 V P 230V 110 motor P 460V P 575V P1 1 7 Nominal frequency of 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P1 1 8 Nominal speed of the 300 20 000 rpm 1720 112 The default applies for a motor 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter P1 1 9 Nominal current ofthe 0 4xly 2Xx ly A lu 113 Check the rating plate of the motor motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 11 Local control place 0 3 1 171 1 I O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control place O 3 1 172 1 I O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 13 Local control reference 0 3 2 173 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 14 6 Remote control 0 3 0 174 0 AI1 reference 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 15 Motor Id 0 2 0 631 0 Not user 1 V Hz 2 V Hz with boost P1 1 16 V Hz opt 0 1 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 1 17 Jogging speed pref 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 124 P1 1
52. Motor Torque V7 21 3 DC Voltage V 44 Unfiltered DC Link Voltage V7 21 4 Status Word 43 Application Status Word M7 21 5 Last Active Fault 37 V7 21 6 On Time Hours h 10 Power On Trip Counter V7 21 7 DIN Status Word 56 DIN 1 6 Low b and OPT B1 or B9 DIN High b V7 21 8 Motor Current FB A 45 Motor current to 1 decimal place V7 21 9 U Phase Current A 39 V7 21 10 V Phase Current A 40 V7 21 11 W Phase Current A 41 V7 21 12 PT100 Temp In1 C 50 V7 21 13 PT100 Tem In2 C 51 V7 21 14 PT100 Tem In3 c 52 V7 21 15 PT100 Tem In4 eC 69 V7 21 16 PT100 Tem In5 C 70 V7 21 17 PT100 Tem In6 C 71 Operate Menu M8 The Operate Menu provides an easy to use method of viewing key numerical Monitoring Menu Items It also allows the setting of the Keypad frequency or torque reference See Chapter 5 of the 9000X User Manual for more information Table 6 3 Operate Menu Items Code Parameter Unit Description O1 Output Frequency Hz Output frequency to motor O2 FreqRreference Hz Frequency reference to motor control 03 Motor Speed rpm Motor speed in rpm 04 Motor Current A O5 Motor Torque 96 In 96 of nominal motor torque O6 Motor Power 96 Motor shaft power in 96 07 Motor Voltage V 08 DC Bus Voltage V O9 Unit Temperature SC Heatsink temperature O10 MotorTemperature 96 Calculated motor temperature O11 U Phase Current A Motor phase current 012 V Phase Current A
53. Motor phase current O13 W Phase Current A Motor phase current 014 Torque Reference Torque Ref in Torque Control Mode R1 Keypad Reference Hz Set keypad frequency reference R4 Torque Reference Hz Set keypad torque reference 6 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Fieldbus Control and Status The Multipurpose Application has more functionality with the fieldbus control Bits 3 through 7 of the Fixed Control Word can be used to set digital outputs The digital inputs are monitored with the DIN Status Word ID 56 The mode of the control is monitored with the Application Status Word ID 43 Bits 4 8 9 and 10 Table 6 4 Fixed Control Word Bit Function Note BO FB Run B1 FB Reverse B2 FB Fault Reset B3 FB D01 See Parameter 1 3 3 24 B4 FB D02 See Parameter 1 3 3 25 B5 FB D03 See Parameter 1 3 3 26 B6 FB D04 See Parameter 1 3 3 27 B7 FB D05 See Parameter 1 3 3 28 B8 Not Used B9 Not Used B10 Not Used B11 FB WD Pulse See Parameter 1 7 32 B12 Not Used B13 Not Used B14 Not Used B15 FB Fault Monitor internal Select Comm cards Table 6 5 Status Word Code General Status Word Application Status Word BO MC Ready Not used B1 MC Run MC Ready B2 MC Reverse MC Run B3 MC Fault MC Fault B4 MC Warning FB Ref Act
54. N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Multi Purpose Control Application Terminal To Function TTF Programming Principle The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multi Purpose Control Application as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application and partly in the other applications is different compared to the conventional method used in other SVX applications In the conventional programming method Function To Terminal programming method FTT you have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for The applications mentioned above however use the Terminal To Function programming method TTF in which the programming process is carried out the other way round Functions appear as parameters which the operator defines a certain input output See Caution on Page 6 4 Defining an Input Output for a Certain Function on Keypad Connecting a certain input or output with a certain function parameter is done by giving the parameter an appropriate value The value is formed of the Board slot on the SVX control board see 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 and the respective signal number as shown in Figure 6 1 Function Name P1331 0 Term Al Ref Faul Warn DigOUT B 1 gt Terminal Type Slot Terminal Number Figure 6 1 Defining Input Output Function Example You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning P1 3 3 7 to the digital output
55. P1 3 1 19 Ready DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 432 P1 3 1 2 Run DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 433 P1 3 1 3 Fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT A 1 434 P1 3 1 4 Inverted fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 435 P1 3 1 5 9 Warning DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 436 P1 3 1 6 External fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 437 warning P1 3 1 7 Reference fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 438 warning P1 3 1 89 Overtemperature DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 439 warning P1 3 1 9 9 Reverse DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 440 P1 3 1 10 Direction DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 441 difference P1 3 1 11 9 At reference DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 442 speed P1 3 1 12 Jogging speed DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 443 P1 3 1 13 Remote control DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 444 active P1 3 1 14 External brake DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 445 control P1 3 1 15 External brake DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 446 control inverted P1 3 1 16 9 Output DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 447 frequency limit 1 supervision P1 3 1 17 Output DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 448 frequency limit 2 supervision P1 3 1 18 Reference limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 449 supervision P1 3 1 19 Temperature DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 450 limit supervision P1 3 1 20 Torque limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 451 su
56. P1 6 15 6 The motor name plate speed is used to calculate the nominal slip This value is used to adjust the voltage of motor when loaded The name plate speed is sometimes a little inaccurate and this parameter can therefore be used to trim the slip Reducing the slip adjust value increases the motor voltage when the motor is loaded See Page A 3 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 59 9000X AF Drives 620 621 626 627 628 631 633 634 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters CL Load drooping 234567 P1 6 12 4 P1 6 15 4 The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load This parameter sets that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor See Page A 3 CL Startup torque 234567 P1 6 12 11 P1 6 15 11 Chooses the startup torque Torque Memory is used in crane applications Startup torque FWD REV can be used in other applications to help the speed controller See Page A 3 0 Not Used 1 TorqMemory 2 torque Ref 3 Torq Fwd Rev CL Acceleration compensation 234567 P1 6 12 5 P1 6 15 5 Sets the inertia compensation to improve speed response during acceleration and deceleration The time is defined as acceleration time to nominal speed with nominal torque This parameter is also active in advanced open loop mode CL Magnetizing current at start 234567 P1 6 12 7 P1 6 15 7 CL Magnetizing time at start 234567 P1 6 12 8 P1 6 15 8 Se
57. The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Table 4 2 Monitoring Values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 96 4 In of motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 96 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 96 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analog input 1 V 13 AI1 V1 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DINA DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 4 3 9000X AF Drives Multi Step Speed Control Application Basic Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 1 Table 4 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter
58. Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Off controller 1 2 On NoRamping 2 On Ramping P1 6 12 Motor control 0 2 6 2 521 See par 1 6 1 mode 2 P1 6 13 Speed controller 0 32767 3000 637 P gain open loop P1 6 14 Speed controller 0 32767 300 638 gain open loop P1 6 15 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 16 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 No Action 1 ID No Run SPX Only 2 ID With Run Closed Loop parameter group 1 6 17 SPX only P1 6 17 1 MagnCurrent 0 90 A 0 612 P1 6 17 2 Speed Control Kp 1 1000 30 613 P1 6 17 3 Speed Control Ti 3200 3200 ms 100 614 P1 6 17 4 Reserved 32000 32000 x 0 1499 P1 6 17 5 Accel Compens 0 300 S 0 626 P1 6 17 6 Slip Adjust 0 500 96 75 619 P1 6 17 7 Start Magn Curr 0 61 A 0 627 P1 6 17 8 Start Magn Time O 32000 ms 0 628 P1 6 17 9 Start OSpeedTime 0 32000 ms 100 615 P1 6 17 10 Stop 0 SpeedTime 0 32000 ms 100 616 P1 6 17 11 StartUp Torque 0 3 0 Not 621 0 Not Used Used 1 TorqueMemory 2 Torque Ref 3 Torq Fwd Rev P1 6 17 12 Startup Torq FWD 300 300 0 633 P1 6 17 13 Startup Torq REV 300 300 0 634 P1 6 17 14 Reserved 32000 32000 x 0 1499 P1 6 17 15 Encoder1FiltTime 0 100 ms 0 618 P1 6 17 16 Reserved 32000 32000 x 0 1499 P1 6 17 17 CurrentControlKp 0 100 96 40 617 P 1 6 17 18 Reserved 32000 32000 x 0 1499 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 21 9000X A
59. above the linear V Hz curve with the motor frequency at about 6696 of the nominal motor frequency The Motor Nominal Speed parameter ID112 is critical The Current Limit parameter ID107 controls the available torque linearly in relative to motor nominal current MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com A 3 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Appendix A Parameters of Motor Thermal Protection ID704 to ID708 General The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The Eaton drive is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded This is the case especially at low frequencies At low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced as well as its capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output current of the drive to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters The thermal current Iy specifies the load current above which the motor is overloaded This current limit is a function of the output frequency The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 A CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the
60. and ID175 e 8 10 Table 8 7 Analog Output Scaling ns 8 18 Table 8 8 Output Signals Via DO1 and Output Relays RO1 and RO2 8 19 Table 8 9 Selections for ID320 0 ccc eee eee enes 8 22 Table 8 10 Selections for Parameter ID325 0 ccc eens 8 24 Table 8 11 Selections for ID332 0 ee tenes 8 25 Table 8 12 Size Dependent Switching Frequencies 000 cee eee eee e eee 8 57 Table 8 13 Typical Monitored Items 0 000 eee eee eee 8 73 Table 8 14 Selectable Wake Up Functions 0 ccc cece ee ee eee eens 8 78 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com vii 9000X AF Drives E T N Safety Definitions and Symbols A WARNING This symbol indicates high voltage It calls your attention to items or operations that could be dangerous to you and other persons operating this equipment Read the message and follow the instructions carefully A This symbol is the Safety Alert Symbol It occurs with either of two signal words CAUTION or WARNING as described below A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in serious injury or death CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor to moderate injury or serious damage to the product The situation described in the CAUTION may if not avoided lead to serious results Important
61. and One Auxiliary Drive MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 75 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 1012 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 12 auxiliary drive 1 1013 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 13 auxiliary drive 2 1014 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 14 auxiliary drive 3 1015 Reference step after start of 7 P1 9 15 auxiliary drive 4 The reference step will always be automatically added to the reference value when the corresponding auxiliary drive is started With the reference steps e g the pressure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated See Figure 8 55 Reference for PI Controller A Reference Step 3 ID1014 N Reference Step 2 X ID1013 Reference Step 1 NG ID1012 N Reference Analog Input Time Start Aux Drive 1 Sto Start Aux Drive 2 Sto Start Aux Drive 3 Sto Figure 8 55 Reference Steps after Starting Auxiliary Drives 1016 Sleep frequency 57 P1 1 15 The frequency converter is automatically stopped if the frequency of the drive falls below the Sleep level defined with this parameter for a time greater than that determined by ID1017 During the Stop state the PID controller is operating switching the frequency converter back to the Run state when the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds ID1019 the Wake up level determined by ID1018 See Figure 8 56 8 76 For more informat
62. are started The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set par 1 9 2 The main drive decreases speed down to Auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency par 1 9 3 and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2 if needed The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting frequency set par 1 9 4 The Interlock feedback is removed from Aux drive 2 Because the Aux drive 3 is unused it will be started to replace the removed Aux drive 2 The main drive increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are available The removed Aux drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start order which now is 1 3 2 The main drive decreases speed to the set Stop frequency The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc according to par 1 9 23 If still more power is needed the main drive speed rises up to the maximum frequency placing 10096 of the output power in the system s disposal When the need of power decreases the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite order 2 3 1 after the update 3 2 1 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 7 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and autochange The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used
63. braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7 x ly 507 P1 4 9 DC braking time at 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop stop P1 4 10 Frequency to start DC 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking current 0 1 x Iy IL A ly 519 Skip Frequency Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 5 Table 2 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 0 510 0 Skip frequency range 1 not used P1 5 3 range 1 high limit Skip frequency acc dec ramp 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 2 7 9000X AF Drives Standard Application Motor Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 6 Table 2 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 19 Motor control mode 0 1 6 0 600 SVX 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for SPX 2 Torque control 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl P1 6 26 V Hz optimization 0 1 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V
64. custom 34567 P1 2 12 P1 2 24 P1 2 3 5 setting max These parameters set AI2 for any input signal span within O 100 Analog input AI2 inversion 3457 P1 2 13 P1 2 25 P1 2 3 6 See ID323 Note In Application 3 Al2 is the place A frequency reference if ID117 1 default Analog input A12 lin filter time 34567 P1 2 14 P1 2 25 P1 2 3 2 See ID324 DIN5 function 5 P1 2 3 The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions If it is not used set the value to 0 The selections are the same as in ID319 except 13 Enable PID reference 2 Contact open PID controller reference selected with ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with parameter R3 5 Motor potentiometer ramp 3567 P1 2 22 P1 2 27 P1 2 1 2 P1 2 1 15 time Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer value PID controller reference signal 57 P1 1 11 Place A Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller Table 8 11 Selections for ID332 Application Select 5 7 0 Al1 terminals 2 3 Al1 terminals 2 3 1 Al2 terminals 4 5 Al2 terminals 4 5 2 PID ref from menu M2 AI3 parameter R34 3 Fieldbus reference Al4 FBProcessDatalIN1 4 Motor potentiometer PID ref from menu M2 reference parameter R34 5 Fieldbus reference FBProcessDatalN 1 6 Motor potentiometer reference MN04004001E For more information visit www
65. edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Table 6 2 Monitoring Values SPX Drives Code Parameter Unit ID Description V7 1 Output Frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V7 2 FreqRreference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V7 3 Motor Speed Rpm rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V7 4 Motor Current A 3 V7 5 Motor Torque 96 4 In of nominal torque V7 6 Motor Power 96 5 Motor shaft power in 96 V7 7 Motor Voltage V 6 V7 8 DC Bus Voltage V 7 V7 9 Unit Temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V7 10 MotorTemperature 96 9 Calculated motor temperature V7 11 Analog Input 1 V 13 Al1 V7 12 Analog Input 2 mA 14 Al2 V7 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input status V7 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input status V7 15 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 V7 16 Analog Input 3 mA 27 AI3 V7 17 Analog Input 4 mA 14 Al4 V7 18 Torque Reference 96 18 V7 19 PT100 Temp C 42 Max PT100 Temp MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 5 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Table 6 2 Monitoring Values SPX Drives Continued Code Parameter Unit ID Description M7 20 Multimonitor Displays three selectable monitor values G7 21 Monitor 2 V7 21 1 Current A 1113 Unfiltered Motor Current V7 21 2 Torque 1125 Unfiltered
66. fault according to ID506 5 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference signal is used and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DOT or relay outputs RO1 and RO2 701 Response to external fault 234567 P1 7 3 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal in the programmable digital inputs DIN3 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and into relay outputs RO1 and RO2 702 Output phase supervision 234567 P1 7 6 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have approximately equal currents 703 Earth fault protection 234567 P1 7 7 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero The overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter from earth faults with high currents 8 62 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 7
67. fieldbus motorized potentiometer enabling the PID Reference 2 or applying the control keypad reference The PID controller actual value can be selected from the analog inputs fieldbus the actual values of the motor or through the mathematical functions of these The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and selected from the analog inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The PID Application is typically used to control level measuring or pumps and fans In these applications the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measuring and controlling package where no additional components are needed e Digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN5 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analog input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at start and stop Three skip frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sum point frequency addition to PID output The PID controller can additionally be used from control places I O B keypad and fieldbus Easy ChangeOver function e Sleep function The parameters of the PID Control Application are ex
68. function P1 4 8 DC braking current 0 00 IL A 0 7 x ly 507 P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to start 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking 0 1x1y 2xlg A lu 519 current P1 4 14 High Speed Mode 0 1 0 No 1522 0 No 1 Yes MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 19 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Skip Frequency Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 5 Table 6 22 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency 0 00 Pat 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 510 0 Skip frequency range 1 range 1 high limit not used P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 512 0 Skip frequency range 2 range 2 high limit not used P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skip frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 514 0 Skip frequency range 3 range 3 high limit not used P1 5 7 Skip frequency 0 1 10 0 Times 1 0 518 acc dec ramp Motor Contro
69. information visit www eaton com 8 15 E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 305 Reference inversion 2 P1 2 6 Inverts reference signal Max ref signal Min set freq Min ref signal Max set freq 0 No inversion 1 Reference inverted A Output Frequency T Max Freq ID102 ID304 1D303 Analog r Min Freq ID101 Input 0 Max Figure 8 11 Reference Inversion 306 Reference filter time 2 P1 2 7 Filters out disturbances from the incoming analog Vin signal A long filtering time makes regulation response slower Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 638 ai ff N a a a a a a t s Figure 8 12 Reference Filtering 307 Analog output function P1 16 P1 3 2 P1 3 5 2 P1 3 3 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analog output signal See the specific parameters for the values available in each respective application 8 16 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 308 Analog output filter time 234567 P1 3 3 P1 3 5 3 P1 3 3 3 Defines the filtering time for the analog output signal Setting this parameter value to 0 00 will deactivate filtering Unfiltered Signal 100 Filtered Signal 63 tis Figure 8 13 Analog Output Filtering 309 Analog output inversion 234567 P1 3 4 P1 3 5 4 P1 3 3 4 Inverts t
70. limit In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of mechanical resonance problems With these parameters limits are set for the skip frequency regions See Figure 8 45 A Output Frequency Hz Reference Hz Figure 8 45 Example of Skip Frequency Area Setting DC braking frequency at stop 234567 P1 4 10 The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied See Figure 8 45 DC braking time at start 234567 P1 4 11 DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time before the brake is released After the brake is released the output frequency increases according to the set start function by ID505 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 55 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters 518 Acceleration decelerationramp 234567 P1 5 3 P1 5 7 speed scaling ratio between skip frequency limits Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected skip frequency range limits ID509 and ID510 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the skip frequency range limits A fit Hz Pd T ID518 0 2 pra P d d ID510 ID512 ID514 P IN ID509 di ID511 ID513 ID518 1
71. ly A lu 507 P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 S 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop P14 10 Frequency to start 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 DC braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 js 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 On P1 4 13 Flux braking current 0 4 x ly 2 x ly A lu 519 Skip Frequency Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 5 Table 5 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit 1 5 2 P1 5 2 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 0 510 0 Skip frequency range 1 not range 1 high limit 1 1 2 used P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit 1 5 2 P1 5 4 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 0 512 0 Skip frequency range 2 not range 2 high limit 1 1 2 used P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit 1 5 2 P1 5 6 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 0 514 0 Skip frequency range 3 not range 3 high limit 1 122 used P1 5 7 Skip frequency 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 acc dec ramp MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 11 9000X AF Drives PID Control Application Motor Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 6 Table 5 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID
72. s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 2 0 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start per P1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 1 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 1 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 1 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 1 after 4mA P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 1 after motor temperature fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 1 738 after underload fault trip 7 24 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Pump and Fan Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 9 Table 7 20 Pump and Fan Control Parameters G1 9 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 1 Number of auxiliary 0 4 0 1001 drives P1 9 2 Start frequency P1 9 3 320 00 Hz 61 00 1002 auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 3 Stop frequency P1 1 1 P1 9 2 Hz 10 00 1003 auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 4 Start frequency P1 9 5 320 00 Hz 61 00 1004 auxiliary drive 2 P1 9 5 Stop frequency Pia P1 9 4 Hz 10 00 1005 auxiliary drive 2 P1 9 6 Start frequency P1 9 7 320 00 Hz 61 00 1006 auxiliary drive 3 P1 9 7 Stop frequency P1 1 1 P1 9 6 Hz 10 00 1007 auxiliary drive 3 P1 9 8 Start frequency P1 9 9 320 00 Hz 61 00 1008 auxiliary drive 4 P1 9 9 Stop frequency Pia P1 9 8 Hz 10 00 1009 auxi
73. safety measures are described in CAUTION as well as WARNING Hazardous High Voltage A WARNING Motor control equipment and electronic controllers are connected to hazardous line voltages When servicing drives and electronic controllers there may be exposed components with housings or protrusions at or above line potential Extreme care should be taken to protect against shock Stand on an insulating pad and make it a habit to use only one hand when checking components Always work with another person in case an emergency occurs Disconnect power before checking controllers or performing maintenance Be sure equipment is properly grounded Wear safety glasses whenever working on electronic controllers or rotating machinery August 2010 viii For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Cautions and Notices Read this manual thoroughly and make sure you understand the procedures before you attempt to install set up or operate this 9000X AF Drives from Eaton s electrical sector Cautions A CAUTION Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation A CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill Notices Notice The inputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state MN04004001E For
74. the ID number of the item you wish to observe for its value See Page A 5 Some typical values Table 8 13 Typical Monitored Items Item Description Item Description 1 Output frequency 15 Digital inputs 1 2 3 status 2 Motor speed 16 Digital inputs 4 5 6 status 3 Motor current 17 Digital and relay output status 4 Motor torque 25 Frequency reference 5 Motor power 26 Analog output current 6 Motor voltage 27 AI3 7 DC link voltage 28 Al4 8 Unit temperature 31 A01 expander board 9 Motor temperature 32 AO2 expander board 13 Al1 37 Active fault 1 14 Al2 FB Data In1 Sel 6 P1 9 11 With this parameter you select the ID of the parameter to write to with DB Data In1 The data is only sent to the drive on a change This function is disabled if Fieldbus is selected in P1 10 4 Torq Ref Select FB Data In2 Sel 6 P1 9 12 With this parameter you select the ID of the parameter to write to with DB Data in2 The data is only sent to the drive on a change This function is disabled if Fieldbus is selected by any parameter in Group 1 2 6 Free AI Select Number of auxiliary drives 7 P1 9 1 With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined The functions controlling the auxiliary drives ID458 to ID462 can be programmed to relay outputs or digital output By default one auxiliary drive is in use and itis programmed to relay output RO1 at B
75. 0 0 0 338 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 11 Actual value 2 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 339 100 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 12 Al1 signal selection 0 A 1 377 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 13 Al1 signal range 0 2 0 320 0 Signal range 0 100 1 Signal range 20 10096 9 2 Custom range 9 P1 2 14 Al1 custom 0 00 100 00 0 00 321 minimum setting P1 2 15 Al1 custom 0 00 100 00 100 00 322 maximum setting P1 2 16 Al1 inversion 0 1 0 323 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 17 Al filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering P1 2 189 A12 signal selection 0 A 2 388 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 19 A12 signal range 0 2 1 325 0 0 20mA 1 4 20 mA 2 Customized 9 P1 2 20 Al2 custom 0 00 100 00 0 00 326 minimum setting P1 2 21 Al2 custom 0 00 100 00 100 00 327 maximum setting P1 2 22 Al2 inversion 0 1 0 328 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 23 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering P1 2 24 Motor 0 1 2000 0 s 10 0 331 potentiometerramp time 9 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 7 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Table 5 4 Input Signals G1 2 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 25
76. 0 10096 2 Custom range 9 P1 2 2 4 AI1 custom 160 00 160 00 0 00 321 minimum setting P1 2 2 5 AIT custom 160 00 160 00 100 00 322 maximum setting P1 2 2 6 Al1 signal inversion 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 323 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted 9 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Analog Input 2 Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 3 Table 7 6 Input Signals Analog Input 2 G1 2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 3 1 AI2 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN A 2 388 P1 2 3 2 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 329 0 No filtering P1 2 3 3 Al2 signal range 0 2 1 325 0 0 10V 1 4mA 20 100 2 Custom range P1 2 3 4 AI2 custom 160 00 160 00 96 0 00 326 minimum setting P1 2 3 5 AI2 custom 160 00 160 00 96 100 00 327 maximum setting P1 2 3 6 Al2 signal inversion 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 328 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 7 14 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Analog Input 3 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 2 4 Table 7 7 Input Signals Analog Input 3 G1 2 4 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Code Parameter Mi
77. 0 4 Torque reference 0 8 0 641 0 Not used selection 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 AI1 joystick 6 AI2 joystick 7 Torque reference from keypad R2 4 8 Fieldbus P1 10 5 Torque reference 300 0 300 0 96 100 642 max P1 10 6 Torque reference 300 0 300 0 0 0 643 min P1 10 7 Torque speed limit 0 2 1 644 0 Max frequency 1 Selected freq reference 2 Preset speed 7 P1 10 8 Minimum 0 00 par 1 1 1 Hz 3 00 636 frequency for open loop torque control P1 10 9 Torque controller 0 32000 150 639 P gain P1 10 10 Torque controller O 32000 10 640 gain MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 25 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 6 28 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Control place 0 2 0 Keypad 1685 0 Keypad L R L R 1 Local 2 Remote 3 I O Select R2 2 Keypad reference Par Par 1 1 2 Hz 1 1 1 P2 3 Direction on 0 1 0 123 0 Forward keypad 1 Reverse P2 4 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled R2 5 Torque reference 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 P2 6 Hide Operate M 0 1 0 No 1707 0 No 1
78. 000X AF Drives E T N Control I O Reference potentiometer Basic Application August 2010 Table 1 1 Basic Application Default I O Configuration 1 10kW Terminal Signal Description OPTA1 1 10V e Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc ed Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference a 0 20 mA 5 Al2 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A p 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls E ee anita 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward F wa 4 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse p 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V 6 Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 P d 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls L 414 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref ra 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref U HOT AA Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Closed Closed Refli 16 DING Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset
79. 01E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters A Scaled Scaled Input Signal Input Signal 100 100 PAPI Ar ID336 30 765 Le Maris 15 3 MA 1D338 30 Z l 1D339 140 2 2 pr 173 d 3 5 mA 27 Analog Analog 80 100Input 30 7 o 100 140 Input 96 0 3 3 8 0 10 0V 0 10 0V 0 6 0 16 0 20 0 mA 0 20 0 mA 4 8 8 16 8 20 0mA 4 20 0 mA Figure 8 22 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling 340 PID error value inversion 57 P1 2 32 P1 2 1 5 This parameter allows you to invert the error value of the PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller 0 No inversion 1 Inverted 341 PID reference rise time 57 P1 2 33 P1 2 1 6 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 096 to 10096 342 PID reference fall time 57 P1 2 34 P1 2 1 7 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference falls from 10096 to 096 344 Reference scaling minimum 57 P1 2 35 P1 2 1 18 value place B MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 27 9000X AF Drives 345 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Reference scaling maximum 57 P1 2 36 P1 2 1 19 value place B You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B between the Minimum and Maximum frequency If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0 0 In Figure 8 23 input Al1 with signal r
80. 04 705 706 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 8 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is selected the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating this protection i e setting parameter to O will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 096 See Page A 4 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 9 Motor ambient temp factor The factor can be set between 100 096 100 096 See Page A 4 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 10 Motor cooling factor at zero speed The current can be set between O 150 0 x Inmotor This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency See Figure 8 47 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 9096 or even higher Note The value is set as a percentage of the motor nameplate data ID113 nominal current of the motor not the drive s nominal output current The motor s nominal current is the current that the motor can withstand in direct on line use without being overheated If you change the parameter Nominal current of motor this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the drive which is determined by ID107 alone See Page
81. 1 Start frequency auxiliary 7 P1 9 2 drive 1 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started The 1 Hz overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops See Figure 8 54 See also ID101 and ID102 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 73 9000X AF Drives 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 Description of Parameters Stop frequency auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 3 E T N August 2010 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1 Hz below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxiliary drive See Figure 8 54 Start frequency auxiliary drive 2 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 2 Start frequency auxiliary drive 3 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 3 Start frequency auxiliary drive 4 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 4 See ID1002 and ID1003 P1 9 4 P1 9 5 P1 9 6 P1 9 7 P1 9 8 P1 9 9 8 74 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 1010 Start delay of auxiliary 7 P1 9 10 drives The frequency of
82. 1 2 6 12 9 Acc Dec prohibit DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc 9 P1 2 6 13 9 DC braking DigIN 01 DigIn E 10 DigIN 0 1 416 DC braking active cc 9 P1 2 6 14 Motor DiglN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 417 Motor potentiometer reference potentiometer decreases cc reference DOWN P1 2 6 15 Motor DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 418 Motor potentiometer reference potentiometer increases cc reference UP P1 2 6 16 Autochange 1 DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN A 2 426 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 17 Autochange 2 DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN A 3 427 Activated if cc Interlock P1 2 6 18 Autochange 3 DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 428 Activated if cc 9 Interlock P1 2 6 19 Autochange 4 DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 429 Activated if cc 9 Interlock P1 2 6 20 2 Autochange 5 DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 430 Activated if cc 9 Interlock P1 2 6 21 PID reference 2 DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN 0 1 431 Selected with P1 1 15 oc 9 Selected with P1 2 1 1 cc 9 7 16 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Output Signals Digital Output Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 1 Table 7 10 Output Signals Digital Outputs G1 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note
83. 1 3 3 18 P1 3 1 18 Active reference is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see ID350 and ID351 Temperature limit supervision 67 P1 3 3 19 P1 3 1 19 The frequency converter heatsink temperature is beyond the set supervision limits see ID354 and ID355 Torque limit supervision 67 P1 3 3 20 P1 3 1 20 The motor torque is beyond the set supervision limits see ID348 and ID349 Motor thermal protection 67 P1 3 3 21 P1 3 1 21 Motor thermistor initiates an overtemperature signal which can be tied to a digital output Note This parameter will not work unless you have an OPTA3 or OPTB2 thermistor relay board connected Motor regulator activation 67 P1 3 3 23 P1 3 1 23 Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator has been activated Fieldbus input data 1 67 P1 3 3 24 P1 3 1 24 FBFixedControlWord bit 3 Fieldbus input data 2 67 P1 3 3 25 P1 3 1 25 FBFixedControlWord bit 4 Fieldbus input data 3 67 P1 3 3 26 P1 3 1 26 FBFixedControlWord bit 5 The data from the fieldbus FBFixedControlWord can be tied to frequency converter digital outputs Autochange 1 Auxiliary drive 1 7 P1 3 1 27 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1 Default programming B 1 Autochange 2 Auxiliary drive 2 7 P1 3 1 28 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2 Default programming B 2 Autochange 3 Auxiliary drive3 7 P1 3 1 29 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary d
84. 104 ID502 ID503 aaa ID500 ID501 aaa ID500 ID501 Figure 8 42 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped Acceleration time 2 234567 P1 4 3 Deceleration time 2 234567 P1 4 4 These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency ID102 These parameters provide the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application The active set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3 ID301 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 51 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 504 Brake chopper 234567 P1 4 5 0 No brake chopper used 1 Brake chopper in use and tested when running Can be tested also in READY state 2 External brake chopper no testing 3 Used and tested in READY state and when running 4 Used when running no testing When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor the inertia of the motor and the load is fed into an external brake resistor This enables the frequency converter to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been selected See the separate Brake resistor installation manual 505 Start Function P1 4 6 Ramp 0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time
85. 11 Table 5 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 llle 5 11 Table 5 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 eens 5 12 Table 5 9 Protections G1 7 een 5 14 Table 5 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 a 5 15 Table 5 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 eene 5 16 Table 6 1 Multi Purpose Control Application Default I O Configuration and Connection Example isi i 222 ke RR NBA OR 9T Sex EH SEG UN DEG RASEN YN Ra 6 2 Table 6 2 Monitoring Values SPX Drives ees 6 5 Table 6 3 Operate Menu Items sceleris 6 6 Table 6 4 Fixed Control Word 22s se diixazGo gel Eu VEO ess Oe ee Bb NT PANG LNG 6 7 Tabl 6 5 Status WOTd xoc e namam tad Ea ele qed aes ues eua Prec ud andes 6 7 Table 6 6 Basic Parameters G1 1 nnns 6 8 Table 6 7 Input Signals Basic Settings G1 21 a 6 9 Table 6 8 Analog Input 1 Parameters G1 2 2 eee 6 10 Table 6 9 Analog Input 2 Parameters G1 2 3 a 6 11 Table 6 10 Analog Input 3 Parameters G1 2 4 cee ees 6 11 Table 6 11 Analog Input 4 Parameters G1 2 5 ees 6 12 Table 6 12 Free Analog Input Signal Selection G1 2 6 6 12 Table 6 13 Digital Input Signals G1 2 7 lees 6 13 Table 6 14 Delayed Digital Output 1 Parameters G1 3 1 a 6 14 Table 6 15 Delayed Digital Output 2 Parameters G1 3 2
86. 1E E T N August 2010 132 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Table 8 2 Preset Speeds 3 to 7 Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Speed select 1 DIN4 select 2 DIN5 select 3 DIN6 select 4 DIN3 Basic speed 0 0 0 0 P1 1 17 3 1 1 0 0 P1 1 18 4 0 0 1 0 P1 1 19 5 1 0 1 0 P1 1 20 6 0 1 1 0 P1 3 21 7 1 1 1 0 PID controller D time 57 P1 1 14 ID132 defines the derivative time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 1096 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 0096 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PI controller See examples below Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the frequency converter output behaves as follows Given values P1 1 12 P 096 P1 1 13 I time 1 00 s P1 1 14 D time 0 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 0096 Max freq 60 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as an I controller only According to the given value of P1 1 13 I time the PID output increases by 5 Hz 1096 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency every second until the error value is 0 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 5 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 De
87. 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 1 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4mA reference fault 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 3 730 supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 5 Response to 1 3 0 727 undervoltage fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 supervision P1 7 7 Earth fault 0 3 2 703 protection P1 7 8 Thermal protection 0 3 2 704 of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 Motor cooling 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 factor at zero speed P1 7 11 Motor thermal time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 1 709 0 Noresponse 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X A IL 710 2 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 Par 1 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 0 No response protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 18 Field weakening 10 150 50 714 area load P1 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 P1 7 20 Underload 2 600 S 20 716 protection time limit 5 14 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Protections G1 7 Continued PID
88. 2 Time s Figure 8 46 Ramp Speed Scaling between Skip Frequencies 519 Flux braking current 234567 P1 4 13 Defines the flux braking current value This value can be set between 0 41 and the Current limit 520 Flux brake 234567 P1 4 12 Instead of DC braking flux braking is a useful form of braking for motors lt 15 kW When braking is needed the frequency is reduced and the flux in the motor is increased which in turn increases the motor s capability to brake Unlike DC braking the motor speed remains controlled during braking The flux braking can be set ON or OFF 0 Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON Note Flux braking converts the energy into heat in the motor and should be used intermittently to avoid motor damage 8 56 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 521 600 601 602 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters P1 6 12 With this parameter you can set another motor control mode The mode which is used is determined by ID164 For the available selections see ID600 Motor control mode 2 6 Motor control mode 234567 P1 6 1 SVX 0 Frequency control The I O terminal and keypad references are frequency references and the frequency converter controls the output frequency output frequency resolution 0 01 Hz 1 Speed control The I O terminal and keypad references are speed references and the frequency converter controls the motor speed compen
89. 2 45 P1 2 5 2 P1 2 43 P1 2 5 3 P1 2 5 4 P1 2 5 5 P1 2 44 P1 2 5 6 8 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 1649 Motor control mode 1 2 6 P1 2 7 22 Contact is open Motor control mode 1 is selected Contact is closed Motor control mode 2 is selected See ID600 and ID521 165 AI joystick offset 6 P1 2 2 11 Define the frequency zero point as follows With this parameter being displayed place the potentiometer at the assumed zero point and press ENTER on the keypad Note This will not change the reference scaling Press the RESET button to change the parameter value back to 0 0096 166 AI2 joystick offset 6 P1 2 3 11 See ID165 169 Fieldbus input data 4 6 P1 3 3 27 FBFixedControlWord bit 6 170 Fieldbus input data 5 6 P1 3 3 28 FBFixedControlWord bit 7 The data from the fieldbus FBFixedControlWord can be led to the digital outputs of the frequency converter 171 Local amp Remote Control Place amp 172 The active control place can be changed by pressing the LOC REM button on the keypad There are two different places which the frequency converter can be controlled from Local and Remote For each control place the actual control source is selected with this parameter a different symbol will appear on the alphanumeric display Table 8 5 Selections for ID171 and ID172 Control sour
90. 2 drives See Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 4 Parameter 1 9 25 Autochange Interlockings Automatics Selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Therefore mains contactor is needed for one auxiliary drive only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and a contactor is needed for each drive to connect it to either the mains or the frequency converter Parameter 1 9 26 Autochange interval After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters 1 9 28 Autochange frequency limit and 1 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of P1 9 28 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start request at control place A MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 5 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Parameters 1 9 27 Maximum Number of Auxiliary Drives and 1 9 28 Autochange Frequency Limit These parameters define the level below which the ca
91. 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 2 Max frequency Par 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 5 Current limit 0 1X1y 2Xx ly A IL 107 P1 69 Nominal voltage of the 180 690 V P 230V 110 Check the rating plate of the motor P 460V motor P 575V P1 7 Nominal frequency of 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P1 89 Nominal speed of the 300 20000 rpm 1720 112 Check the rating plate of the motor motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter P1 99 Nominal current of the 0 1 xl 2 x ly A lu 113 Check the rating plate of the motor motor P1 10 Preset speed 1 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 10 00 105 Speeds preset by operator P1 11 Preset speed 2 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 40 00 106 Speeds preset by operator P1 12 Input phase 0 3 730 0 No action supervision 1 Working 2 Fault 3 Fault coast 1 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Basic Application Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad ar
92. 373 Analog input limit supervision 7 P1 3 2 14 If the value of the selected analog input goes under over the set limit ID374 this function generates a warning message through the digital output or the relay outputs depending on to which output the supervision function ID463 is connected 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 8 36 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 374 Analog input supervised value 7 P1 3 2 15 The value of the selected analog input to be supervised by ID373 375 Analog output offset 67 P1 3 5 7 P1 3 3 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analog output 376 PID sum point reference Place 5 P1 2 4 A direct reference Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is 0 No additional reference Direct PID output value 1 PID output AI1 reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 2 PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer 3 PID output PID keypad reference 4 PID output Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 5 PID output Motor potentiometer reference If value 5 is selected for this parameter the values of ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 See Figure 8 33 Hz 30 00 a PID Max Limit N 7 Sea N PID Min Limit a 20 00 ARA nu Figure 8 33 PID Sum
93. 7 P1 3 13 P1 3 23 P1 3 6 2 P1 3 4 2 473 Analog output 2 filter time 234567 P1 3 14 P1 3 24 P1 3 6 3 P1 3 4 3 474 Analog output 2 inversion 234567 P1 3 15 P1 3 25 P1 3 6 4 P1 3 4 4 475 Analog output 2 minimum 234567 P1 3 16 P1 3 26 P1 3 6 5 P1 3 4 5 476 Analog output 2 scaling 234567 P1 3 17 P1 3 27 P1 3 6 6 P1 3 4 6 For more information on these five parameters see the corresponding parameters for the analog output 1 ID307 to ID311 477 Analog output 2 offset 67 P1 3 6 7 P1 3 4 7 Add 100 0 to 100 096 to the analog output 478 Analog output 3 signal 67 P1 3 7 1 P1 3 5 1 selection See ID464 479 Analog output 3 function 67 P1 3 7 2 P 1 3 5 2 See ID307 480 Analog output 3 filter time 67 P1 3 7 3 P 1 3 5 3 See ID308 8 48 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 481 482 483 484 485 4860 487 488 Description of Parameters Analog output 3 inversion 67 P1 3 7 4 P1 3 5 4 See ID309 Analog output 3 minimum 67 P1 3 7 5 P1 3 5 5 See ID310 Analog output 3 scaling 67 P1 3 7 6 P1 3 5 6 See ID311 Analog output 3 offset 67 P1 3 7 7 P1 3 5 7 See ID375 Torque limit 6 P1 2 6 5 See ID399 for the selections Digital output 1 signal 6 P1 3 1 1 selection 6 Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3
94. 9 140 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Example 3 Given values P1 1 12 P 10096 P1 1 13 I time 0 00 s P1 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 s Max freq 60 Hz As the error value increases the PID output also increases according to the set values D time 1 00s HzA PID Output Jc EERE Error Value 7 7 D part 10 5 00 Hz py Mesum AS E 4 x NG D part 10 5 00 Hz 4 4 N 4 pi N N u f NG Sf Qh SES CONS 2 N x s d b d x A P part 10096 PID error 5 000 Hz s x x d x 1096 L b 1 00 s t Preset speed 8 4 P1 1 22 Preset speed 9 4 P1 1 23 Preset speed 10 4 P1 1 24 Preset speed 11 4 P1 1 25 Preset speed 12 4 P1 1 26 Preset speed 13 4 P1 1 27 Preset speed 14 4 P1 1 28 Preset speed 15 4 P1 1 29 Table 8 3 Multi Step Speed Selections with Digital Inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Speed select 1 DIN4 select 2 DIN5 select 3 DING select 4 DIN3 P1 1 22 8 0 P1 1 23 9 1 P1 1 24 10 0 P1 1 25 11 1 0 1 0 1 P1 1 26 12 P1 1 27 13 P1 1 28 14 P1 1 29 15 ej O Ol O 2 2 o oj o o d d mi d md f Mmd MN04004001 E For more information visit www eaton com 8 7 9000X AF Drives 1419
95. A 2 PID ref from Keypad control page par 3 4 3 PID ref from fieldbus ProcessDatalN 1 4 Motor potentiometer P1 1 18 PID controller gain P1 1 19 PID controller I time 0 00 P1 1 20 PID controller D 0 00 time P1 1 21 Sleep frequency Par 1 1 1 P1 1 22 Sleep delay P1 1 23 Wake up level 0 00 100 00 25 00 1018 P1 1 24 Wake up function O 1 0 1019 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level 1 1 17 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level 1 1 17 P1 1 25 Jogging speed 0 00 Par 1 1 1 Hz 10 00 124 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 5 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Input Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 Table 5 4 Input Signals G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 19 DIN2 function 0 13 1 319 0 Not used 1 External fault cc 9 2 External fault oc 9 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time selection 5 Force Local 6 Not used 7 Force Remote 8 Forward Reverse 9 Jogging frequency cc 9 10 Fault reset cc 9 11 Acc Dec prohibit cc 9 12 DC braking command 13 Motor pot UP cc 9 P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 13 10 301 See above except 12 Motor pot DOWN cc P1 2 3 DIN5 function 0 13 9 330 See above except 12 Enable PID reference 2 P1 2 4 PID sum point 0 7 0 376 0 2None reference 1 Al1 PID output 2 Al2 PID output 3 Al3 PID output 4 Al4 PID ou
96. A 4 Peooling Overload Area 100 ID706 40 Figure 8 47 Motor Thermal Current Ir Curve MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 63 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 707 Motor thermal protection 234567 P1 7 11 Time constant This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor the larger the motor the longer the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturers If the motor s t6 time t6 is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is known given by the motor manufacturer the time constant parameter can be set based on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes is equal to 2xt6 If the drive is in stop stage the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling in the stop stage is based on convection and the time constant is increased See Figure 8 48 A Motor Temperature T Hehe opes l l rip Area l 105 i 1 Ha E I d eet Fault Warning Currentl 7 ia ID704 I Time Changes by motor size and adjusted with ID707 Figure 8 48 Motor Temperature Calculation 708 Motor thermal protect
97. Al2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 Fieldbus SPX Only P1 7 36 SafeDisable Mode 1 2 1 755 1 Warning Warning 2 Fault MN04004001 E For more information visit www eaton com 6 23 9000X AF Drives Autorestart Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 8 Multi Purpose Control Application Table 6 25 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start mode 0 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 According to par 1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 0 723 after reference trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 0 726 after motor temperature fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 1 738 after underload fault trip Fieldbus Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 9 Table 6 26 Fieldbus Parameters G1 9 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 1 Fieldbus min scale 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 850 P1 9 2 Fieldbus max 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 851 scale P1 9 3 Fieldbus data out 1 0 10000 1 852 Choose monitoring data with selection parameter ID P1 9 4 Fieldbus data out 2 0 10000 2 853 Choose mon
98. Analog Input 2 G1 2 3 eee 7 14 Table 7 7 Input Signals Analog Input 3 G1 2 4 ee 7 15 Table 7 8 Input Signals Analog Input 4 G1 2 5 eee 7 15 Table 7 9 Input Signals Digital Inputs G1 2 6 eee 7 15 Table 7 10 Output Signals Digital Outputs G1 3 1 eee 7 17 Table 7 11 Output Signals Limit Settings G1 3 2 ees 7 18 Table 7 12 Output Signals Analog Output 1 G1 3 3 eee 7 19 Table 7 13 Output Signals Analog Output 2 G1 34 ee 7 20 Table 7 14 Output Signals Analog Output 3 G1 3 5 anann 7 20 Table 7 15 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 lesen 7 21 Table 7 16 Skip Frequencies G1 5 ens 7 22 Table 7 17 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 eee 7 22 Table 7 18 Protections G1 7 ehh 7 23 Table 7 19 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 eee 7 24 Table 7 20 Pump and Fan Control Parameters G1 9 llle 7 25 Table 7 21 Keypad Control Parameters M2 celeres 7 26 Table 8 1 Preset Speed eee ene hh 8 1 Table 8 2 Preset Speeds 3tO7 eese 8 5 Table 8 3 Multi Step Speed Selections with Digital Inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DINO users eE Ig cle soe eaten on IM icu EDDIE PESE 8 7 Table 8 4 Selections for ID14J hr 8 8 Table 8 5 Selections for ID171 and ID172 nn 8 9 Table 8 6 Selections for ID173 ID174
99. Check the rating plate of the motor motor P1 1 10 Power Factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 11 Local Control Place 1 4 2 171 1 I O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 O Terminal B P1 1 12 Remote Control Place 1 4 1 172 1 I O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 O Terminal B P1 1 13 Local reference 0 4 2 173 0 AI1 1 2 AI2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer P1 1 14 Remote reference 0 3 0 174 0 AI1 1 AI2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P 1 1 15 Identification 0 2 0 631 0 Not used 1 V Hz 2 V Hz with boost P 1 1 16 V Hz Opt 0 1 0 109 0 2 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 1 17 Jogging speed 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 124 reference 3 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Input Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 Table 3 4 Input Signals G1 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 19 Start Stop logic 0 8 0 300 DIN1 DIN2 selection 0 Start fwd Start rvs 1 Start Stop Reverse 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Start fwd Mot pot UP 5 Fwd Rvs 6 Start amp Stop Rvs Fwd 7 Start Stop Run enable 8 Start fwd Mot pot UP P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 13 1 301 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec t
100. Control ehh 8 31 Scaling of Max Motor Current ec Kha Cx Re Ee nom OX E UR n e eek 8 32 Reduction of DC Braking Current we vers weed gr PN NG ERG REG EEG 8 32 Reduction of Acceleration and Deceleration Times ellen 8 33 Reduction of Torque Supervision Limit 22e 8 33 Place B Start Forward Start Reverse lees 8 34 Place B Start Stop Reverse sois sees eles Wee eb ese Sees E EX NG EX Gu pd 8 34 Place B Start Pulse Stop Pulse eh 8 35 PID Sum Point Reference i paa pnp he aadorin ipp raiar ee 8 37 An Example of Joystick HysteresiS 00 cece eens 8 38 Example of Sleep Limit F lction a or XR a Wee a ee ER m RU ee ee 8 39 Joystick Hysteresis with Minimum Frequency at 35 Hz eee eee 8 40 Scaling of DC Braking Current ss lcs ree ee bee whe ee Pee Rcge ND Lag 8 41 iv For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 List of Figures continued Reducing Acceleration and Deceleration Times a 8 42 Reducing Torque Supervision Limit en 8 42 Digital Outputs 1 and 2 On and Off Delays 000 cece eee es 8 49 An Example of Adjust Input hrs 8 50 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped es 8 51 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Coasting cece cece e eee eee 8 53 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Ramp 00ce cece ee eee ees 8 54 Example of Skip Fr
101. Control Application 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 0 No response thermistor fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 21 fieldbus fault P1 7 28 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 21 fault P1 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 3 0 739 P1 7 25 Response to PT100 0 3 2 740 0 No response fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 200 0 C 120 0 741 P1 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 C 130 0 742 Autorestart Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 8 Table 5 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 S 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 s 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 According to par 1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries 0 10 0 720 after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 721 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 0 722 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 0 723 after reference trip P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 0 738 after underload fault trip
102. Current signal lin MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 31 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 362 Free analog input function 34 P1 2 21 P1 2 18 This parameter is used for selecting a function for the free analog input signal 0 Function is not in use 1 Reduces motor current limit ID107 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and maximum limit set with ID107 See Figure 8 26 A Torque Limit 100 1D107 Analog Input OV Signal Range 10V 0 mA 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA Custom Custom Figure 8 26 Scaling of Max Motor Current 2 Reduces DC braking current DC braking current can be reduced with the free analog input signal between current 0 4 x Iy and the current set with ID507 See Figure 8 27 pc Braking Current 100 ID507 Free Analog Input 0 15xl F 0 Signal Range Figure 8 27 Reduction of DC Braking Current 8 32 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 3 Reduces acceleration and deceleration times Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analog input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc decel time ID103 ID104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R in Figure 8 28 A Factor R Free Analog Input 0 Signal Range Figure 8 28 Redu
103. DO1 on the basic board OPTA1 see 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 First find the P1 3 3 7 on the keypad Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit mode On the value line you will see the terminal type on the left DigIN DigOUT An IN An OUT and on the right the present input output the function is connected to B 3 A 2 etc or if not connected a value 0 4 When the value is blinking hold down the Browser button up or down to find the desired board slot and signal number The program will scroll the board slots starting from 0 and proceeding from A to E and the O selection from 1 to 10 Once you have set the desired value press the Enter button once to confirm the change See Figure 6 2 0 cD 0 cD cD PL331 GED P133 Ep P1331 ED Al Ref Faul Warn gt Al Ref Faul Warn A AI Ref Faul Warn KT DigOUT 0 0 gt DigOUEO 0 gt DigOUT AT Figure 6 2 Defining Input Output Values MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 3 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Defining a Terminal for a Certain Function with 9000X Drive Programming Tool If you use the 9000X Drive Programming Tool for parametrizing you will have to establish the connection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel Just pick the address code from the drop down menu in the Va ue column see Figure 6 3
104. Effective August 2010 9000X AF Drives Supersedes January 2010 Application Manual E T N Powering Business Worldwide E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Important Notice Please Read The product discussed in this literature is subject to terms and conditions outlined in Eaton Electrical Inc selling policies The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the relevant Eaton Electrical Inc selling policy NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION RECOMMENDATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN In no event will Eaton Electrical Inc be responsible to the purchaser or user in contract in tort including negligence strict liability or otherwise for any special indirect incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment plant or power system cost of capital loss of power additional expenses in the use of existing power facilities or claims against the purchaser or user by its customers resulting from the use of the information recommendations and descriptions contained herein The information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Cover Photo Eaton s Series 9000X AF Drives MN04004001E For more information vi
105. F Drives Multi Purpose Control Application Protections Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 7 Table 6 24 Protections G1 7 E T N August 2010 undervoltage fault Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Ref Fault Resp 0 5 0 700 0 No Action 1 Warning 2 Warn Stop 3 Warn PrevFre 4 Warn PresetF 5 Fault 6 Fault Coast P1 7 2 Ref Fault Freq 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 701 0 2 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 3 739 3 Fault stop by coasting supervision P1 7 5 Response to 1 3 0 727 Stall protection Output phase 0 3 2 702 supervision P1 7 7 Earth fault 0 3 2 703 protection P1 7 8 Thermal 0 3 2 704 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 Motor cooling 0 0 150 0 96 40 0 706 factor at zero speed P1 7 11 Motor thermal 1 200 min 40 707 time constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 14 Stall current 0 00 InMotor x2 710 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 15 00 711 6 22 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Table 6 24 Protections G1 7 Contin
106. Fault stop by coasting P1 7 22 Response to fieldbus 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 21 fault P1 7 23 Response to slot fault O 3 2 734 See P1 7 21 4 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Autorestart Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 8 Table 4 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 S 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 S 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 According to par 1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries after 0 10 0 720 undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries after 0 10 0 721 overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries after 0 3 0 722 overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries after 0 10 0 723 reference trip P1 8 8 Number of tries after 0 10 0 726 motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries after 0 10 0 725 external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries after 0 10 1 738 underload fault trip Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 4 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Control place 0 3 0 1685 0 Keypad L R 1
107. G1 3 Table 5 5 Output Signals G1 3 PID Control Application 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 19 Analog output 1 0 464 TTF programming method used See signal selection Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output 0 14 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 lhMotor 5 Motor torque 0 Tamotor 6 Motor power 0 PhMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 U Motor 8 DC Bus volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature P1 3 3 Analog output filter 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering time P1 3 4 Analog output 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output 0 1 0 310 020mA minimum 1 4MA P1 3 6 Analog output scale 10 1000 96 100 311 P1 3 7 Digital output 1 0 23 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Remote Control Active 19 FC t
108. Hz ratio selection 0 3 0 108 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field weakening point 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 Par 1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 frequency P1 6 79 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 n x Unmot voltage Parameter max value par 2 6 5 P1 6 89 Output voltage at zero 0 00 40 00 1 30 606 n XUnmot frequency P1 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 on Page 8 57 for exact values P1 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 2 1 607 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 1 Yes controller 2 No P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 1 0 631 0 Not used 1 OL v f Ratio 2 OL v f and Boost Closed Loop parameter group 1 6 14 SPX only P1 6 14 1 Magnetizing current 0 00 100 00 A 0 00 612 P1 6 14 2 Speed control P gain O 1000 30 613 P1 6 14 3 Speed control time 0 0 500 0 ms 30 0 614 P1 6 14 5 Acceleration 0 00 300 00 S 0 00 626 compensation P1 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 Yo 100 619 P1 6 14 7 Magnetizing current at MotCurr MotCurr A 0 00 627 start Min Max P1 6 14 8 Magnetizing time at 0 0 600 0 S 0 0 628 start 2 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N
109. In addition to the changed and updated start order also the change order of main drives depends on parameter 1 9 23 0 Interlock 4 Off Oo Interlock 3 Off Interlocks On Interlock 2 oft s D Interlock 1 Off od J Aux 3 Running l Relay on J Aux 2 Running l Control on T t taxiRmng Ll ba Main Drive Running A Max Frequency A px Aux 1 2 and 3 E a 6 8 X L Hi 4 Start Frequency i ki n N N pp gu Zl XX a Ti pum Drive H l l Ili l y l n l Y utput Frequency A 7 I i l I x UZ ly l Uu M n Mo M MOM Aux 1 2and3 y3 yj Ji _ _ Y k 4 Stop Frequency i B Min Frequency 1 A f 100 PID Output Aux Drive 1 1 Figure 7 3 Example of the Function of the PFC Application with Three Aux Drives 7 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application PE L1 L2 T L3 F3 F DEI F2 LTL213 GR dd aram K1 1 PS K24VX Uv us Y PE PE M1 M2 Figure 7 4 Example of 2 Pump Autochange Main Diagram
110. LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Update of order immediately The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the auxiliary drives At re connection of an auxiliary drive to the autochange line the automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new setup Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 Actual value special display 7 P1 9 29 minimum Actual value special display 7 P1 9 30 maximum Actual value special display 7 P1 9 31 decimals These parameters set the minimum and maximum values and the number of decimals of the actual value special display Observe the actual value display in menu M1 Monitoring values CDO READY P1229 CD Specl Displ Min 0 00 bb Actual Value Number of Min Max Decimals Figure 8 64 Actual Value Special Display 8 84 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 1354 1522 1680 1681 1685 1686 1707 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters FB WatchdogDelay 6 P1 7 32 With this parameter you activate the WatchDog timer If bit 11 of the Main Control Word stops cycling for this set period of time an FB Communication Fault occurs High Speed Mode 6 P1 4 14 Changes maximum fundamental output frequency from 320 0 Hz to 600 0 Hz Safe Disable 6 P1 3 3 29 With this par
111. Motor 0 2 1 367 0 No reset potentiometer 1 Reset if stopped or powered frequency reference down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 26 Motor 0 2 0 370 0 No reset potentiometer PID 1 Reset if stopped or powered reference memory down reset 2 Reset if powered down P1 2 27 PID minimum limit 1000 0 Par 1 2 29 96 0 00 359 P1 2 28 PID maximum limit Par 1 2 28 1000 0 96 100 00 360 P1 2 29 Error value 0 1 0 340 0 No inversion inversion 1 Inversion P1 2 30 PID reference 0 0 100 0 s 5 0 341 rising time P1 2 31 PID reference 0 0 100 0 s 5 0 342 falling time P1 2 32 Reference scaling 0 00 Par 1 2 34 Hz 0 00 344 minimum value place B P1 2 33 Reference scaling Par 1 2 33 320 00 Hz 0 00 345 maximum value place B P1 2 349 Al3 signal selection 0 0 1 141 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 35 Al3 signal range 0 1 1 143 020 10V 1 4mA 20 100 P1 2 36 AIS3 inversion 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 37 Al3 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 142 0 No filtering P1 2 38 A14 signal selection 0 0 1 152 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 39 A14 signal range 0 1 1 154 0 20 10V 1 4mA 20 100 P1 2 40 Al4 inversion 0 1 0 162 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 41 A14 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 153 0 No filtering 5 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Output Signals Control Keypad Menu M1
112. Motor Stop Signal ft JE db 1 Motor Start Signal RESET Fault Reset O TL Wait Time Wait Time Wait Time Par ID717 Par ID717 Par ID717 Fault Trigger l Restart 1 Restart 2 ba gt Supervision Trial Time Par ID718 Fault State Active Ld L Auto Function Trials 2 719 Figure 8 53 Example of Automatic Restarts with Two Restarts ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by ID718 The time count starts from the first autorestart If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of ID720 to ID725 the fault state becomes active Otherwise the fault is cleared after the trial time has elapsed and the next fault starts the trial time count again If a single fault remains during the trial time a fault state is true Automatic restart Start 234567 P1 8 3 function The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter The parameter defines the start mode 0 Start with ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start according to ID505 8 68 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 720 721 722 723 725 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 4 tries after undervoltage fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 after an unde
113. NTROL APPLICATION 0000 0c nnne 5 1 INTRODUCTIONS sau 2 acus ders d nes ALA a mone ha ene Oe a dine hed gen eed 5 1 ola AA AA 5 2 PID Control Application Parameter Lists lees 5 3 CHAPTER 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION sss 6 1 age PLA 6 1 Control Qi Kazam Ban a kA ALIEN LENA NAH ALA RA Pba IG 6 2 Terminal To Function TTF Programming Principle 6 3 Parameter EiSl dan kx ee NAPALA cec NEA IEEE E Ea dur AI 6 5 Fieldbus Control and Status en 6 7 Input SIGN AIS kaaa gre ors ete Sore gare bp d Se De Re ore Dave Sosa kd 6 9 Output Signals c cp tex e px ear BKA CR OR KY RR ER 6 14 CHAPTER 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION 00005 7 1 Introd ctiOn kab ER chee bea ae nie steno KB EQ X E XG ad Y e ecd 7 1 Controll 0 ease ere 2 ata E Rise ez RESNuMEWGGG ha KANTA AANI e NN oie ee NO 7 2 Short Description of Function and Essential Parameters 7 5 Parameter Li l eer BIIekRXW guae e Mee eee Lee ere Rew ele IP 7 10 Input Signals eerie esI uer m ce Raed Soe ee ee ee eat een 7 13 Cupar Signale cest ers Ox ce Rer E E a be ee ete ng ce 7 17 li For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Table of Contents continued CHAPTER 8 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS n 8 1 IntroductiOn ous Rx LE x DEO ea poe vaca Xue C
114. Note P1 6 19 Motor control mode 0 1 6 0 600 SVX 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for SPX 2 Torque control 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl P1 6 20 V Hz optimization 0 1 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 39 V Hz ratio selection 0 3 0 108 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 49 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 point P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 Par 1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 V Hz midfreq frequency P1 6 79 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 n XUnmot voltage Parameter max value par 1 6 5 P1 6 89 Output voltage at 0 00 40 00 96 1 30 606 n XUnmot zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching frequency 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 on Page 8 57 for exact values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Not used controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 1 0 631 0 Not used 1 Used 5 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Table 5 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Continued 9000X AF Drives
115. O1 Output frequency Programmable See Tables 7 12 7 13 19 AO1 Analog output and 7 14 Este 9 GND Range 0 20 mA R max 500W Q 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable FAULT Open collector lt 50 mA V lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable see Table 7 10 tL Ng RO1 EE RUN L 23 RO1 ex 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable see Table 7 10 220V J 25 RO2 LE FAULT AC ES RO2 X August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 1 Pump and Fan Control Application Default 1 O Configuration and Connection Example with 2 wire transmitter Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 CMA and CMB Grounding Jumper Block X3 oo CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 7 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application 230V AC a Cl DS pi B ul d SPX9000 OPTA2 822 24V DC 9 25 I RO1 12 e9 DIN2 ROS DIN3 9 10 23 e 26 I I i EAE T1 Autom 0 Line Autom n Line NIZ mad 3 bye NG si Xr 7 bs S2 A 7 ES
116. P1 3 19 External brake On 0 0 100 0 s 1 5 353 delay P1 3 20 Frequency converter 0 2 0 354 0 No temperature limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit P1 3 21 Frequency converter 10 75 eC jO 355 temperature limit value P1 3 22 Analog output 2 signal 0 0 1 471 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 23 Analog output 2 0 8 4 472 Same as parameter 1 3 2 function P1 3 24 Analog output 2 filter 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering time P1 3 25 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 26 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 020mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 27 Analog output 2 scaling 10 1000 100 476 4 8 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Drive Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 4 Table 4 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 500 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 501 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P1 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 P1 4 5 6 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when st
117. P1 6 14 7 Magnetizing MotCurr MotCurr A 0 00 627 current at start Min Max P1 6 14 8 Magnetizing 0 0 600 0 S 0 0 628 time at start P1 6 14 9 O speed timeat O 32000 ms 100 615 start P1 6 14 10 0 speed timeat 0 32000 ms 100 616 stop P1 6 14 11 Start up torque 0 3 0 621 0 Not used 1 Torque memory 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P1 6 14 12 Start up torque 300 0 300 0 S 0 0 633 FWD P1 6 14 13 Start up torque 300 0 300 0 S 0 0 634 REV P1 6 14 15 Encoder filter 0 1000 ms 0 618 time P1 6 14 17 Current control 0 00 100 00 96 40 00 617 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 11 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Protections Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 7 Table 3 9 Protections G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 0 No response reference fault 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 1 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4mA reference 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 fault frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 3 supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 5 Response to 1 3 0 undervoltage fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 supervision P1 7 7 Earth fault 0 3 2 protection P1 7 8 Therm
118. Parameters see Page A 3 e Advanced Open Loop Parameters see Page A 4 e Parameters of Motor Thermal Protection see Page A 4 e Parameters of Stall Protection see Page A 4 e Parameters of Underload Protection see Page A 5 e Fieldbus Control Parameters see Page A 5 External Brake Control with Additional Limits ID315 ID316 ID346 to ID349 ID352 ID353 The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through ID315 ID316 ID346 to ID349 and ID352 ID353 Selecting On Off Control for the brake defining the frequency or torque limit s the brake should react to and defining the Brake On Off delays will allow an effective brake control See Figure A 1 Torque Limit ID349 l Frequency Limit ID347 Ea START STOP Brake Off Brake On Delay Delay ID353 ID352 Brake Off Brake On Figure A 1 Brake Control with Additional Limits In Figure A 1 the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit ID349 and frequency supervision limit ID347 Additionally the same frequency limit is used for both brake off and brake on control by giving ID346 the value 4 Use of two different frequency limits is also possible Then ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3 Brake off In order for the brake to release three conditions must be fulfilled 1 the drive must be in Run state 2 the torque must be over the se
119. Point Reference Note The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs are affected MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 37 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 3772 AI signal selection 234567 P1 2 8 P1 2 3 P1 2 15 P1 2 2 1 Connect the Al1 signal to the analog input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 384 All joystick hysteresis 6 P1 2 2 8 This parameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20 When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward the output frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency joystick potentiometer in middle position and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command How much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency is dependent on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this parameter If the value of this parameter is 0 the frequency starts to increase linearly immediately when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle position When the control is changed from forward to reverse the frequency follows the same pattern the other way round See Figure 8 34 Frequency Reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50
120. R OCC CC o 8 1 Keypad Control Parameters ehh 8 86 APPENDIX A ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 0 00000 RR A 1 External Brake Control with Additional Limits llle A 1 Closed Loop Parameters ehh A 3 Parameters of Motor Thermal Protection scs A 4 Parameters of Stall Protection lllleeeeeeee n A 4 Parameters of Underload Protection 0000 cee a A 5 Fieldbus Control Parameters 2 06 nes e NGA ee ok Ur EO ACE E Ya A 5 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com iii 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 List of Figures Defining Input Output Function lille 6 3 Defining Input Output Values ssleeeeeeee hh 6 3 Screenshot of 9000X Drive Programming Tool Entering the Address Code 6 4 2 Pump Autochange System Principal Control Diagram 0 00 cee eee 7 3 3 Pump Autochange System Principal Control Diagram llle 7 4 Example of the Function of the PFC Application with Three Aux Drives 7 8 Example of 2 Pump Autochange Main Diagram sn 7 9 Example of 3 Pump Autochange Main Diagram eee e eee eee 7 9 Linear and Squared Change of Motor Voltage eee 8 2 Programmable V Hz C rve debe ru Rem RE IG E eee Re ERA eae RC RA 8 3 PID Controller Function as I Controller eee 8 6 PID Output Curve with the Values of Example2 a 8 6 PID Outpu
121. Table 3 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 nananana eens 3 9 Table 3 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 llle 3 10 Table 3 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 eens 3 10 Table 3 9 Protections G1 7 eee nns 3 12 Table 3 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 csse 3 13 Table 3 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 leen 3 14 Table 4 1 Multi Step Speed Control Application Default I O Configuration 4 2 Table 4 2 Monitoring Values ree 4 3 Table 4 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 en 4 4 Table 4 4 Input Signals G1 2 e 4 5 Table 4 5 Output Signals G1 3 2 0 0 en 4 7 Table 4 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 nananana eee 4 9 Table 4 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 eee 4 9 Table 4 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 eee ees 4 10 Table 4 9 Protections G1 7 eee hrs 4 12 Table 4 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 csse 4 13 Table 4 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lene 4 13 Table 5 1 PID Application Default I O Configuration with 2 wire transmitter 5 2 Table 5 2 Monitoring Vales 2 se RR ee GNG ce EE RR XX Xa es 5 3 Table 5 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 2 ec ce cessere 5 4 Table 5 4 Input Signals G1 2 ccc eee eens 5 6 Table 5 5 Output Signals G1 3 esee ns 5 9 Table 5 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 nananana eee ees 5
122. Table 6 20 Analog Output 3 Parameters G1 3 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 7 1 Analog output 3 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 478 signal selection P1 3 7 2 Analog output 3 13 479 See par 1 3 5 2 function P1 3 7 3 Analog output 3 480 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 7 4 Analog output 3 481 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 7 5 Analog output 3 482 020mA minimum 124mA P1 3 7 6 Analog output 3 483 scale P1 3 7 7 Analog output 3 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 484 offset 6 18 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Drive Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 4 Table 6 21 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 00 500 0 Linear 50 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 Linear 50 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration time 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 2 P1 4 4 Deceleration time 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 2 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 5 Brake chopper P1 4 6 Start function P1 4 7 Stop
123. V 9 Al1 10 AI2 11 Output freq fmin fmax 12 Motor torque 2 42XTNmot 13 Motor power 2 2xTNmot 14 PT100 temperature 15 FB Data In 4 offset P1 3 5 3 Analog output 1 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 308 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 5 4 Analog output 1 0 il 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 5 Analog output 1 0 1 0 310 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 5 6 Analog output 1 10 1000 100 311 scale P1 3 5 7 Analog output 1 100 00 100 00 0 00 375 MN04004001 E For more information visit www eaton com 6 17 9000X AF Drives Multi Purpose Control Application Analog Output 2 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 6 Table 6 19 Analog Output 2 Parameters G1 3 6 E T N August 2010 inversion Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 6 1 Analog output 2 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 0 1 471 signal selection P1 3 6 2 Analog output 2 0 13 4 472 See par 1 3 5 2 function P1 3 6 3 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 6 4 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 6 5 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 0 0mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 6 6 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 scale P1 3 6 7 Analog output 2 100 00 100 00 0 00 477 offset Analog Output 3 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 7
124. Yes System Menu Control Keypad Menu M5 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the drive such as application and language selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Expander Boards Control Keypad Menu M6 The M6 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual 6 26 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Chapter 7 Pump and Fan Control Application Introduction Select the Pump and Fan Control Application in menu M5 See Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual The Pump and Fan Control Application can be used to control one variable speed drive and up to four auxiliary drives The PID controller of the frequency converter controls the speed of the variable speed drive and gives control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow In addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard a parameter group for multi pump and fan control functions is available The application has two control places on the I O terminal Place A is the pump and fan control and place B is the direct frequency reference The control place is selected with input DIN6 As already its name t
125. able 3 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 S 0 50 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 S 30 00 P1 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 According to par 1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of 0 10 0 tries after undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries 0 10 0 after overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries 0 3 0 after overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries 0 10 0 after reference trip MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 13 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Table 3 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 8 Number of tries 0 10 0 726 after motor temp fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries 0 10 0 725 after external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries 0 10 0 738 after underload fault trip Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 3 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Control place 0 3 3 1685 Used to select Local Remote operation from DIN6 or keypad 0 Keypad L R 1 Local 2 Remote 3 I O S
126. able 7 2 Monitoring Values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 96 4 In of Motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 96 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature oC 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analog input 1 V mA 13 Al1 input value V1 12 Analog input 2 V mA 14 A12 input value V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 V1 16 Analog input 3 V mA 27 A13 input value 7 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 2 Monitoring Values Continued Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 17 Analog input 4 V mA 28 A14 input value V1 18 PID Reference 96 20 In 96 of the max frequency V1 19 PID Actual value 96 21 In 96 of the max actual value V1 20 PID Error value 96 22 In 96 of the max error value V1 21 PID Output 96 23 In of the max output value V1 22 Running auxiliary drives 30 Number of running auxiliary drives V1 23 Spe
127. airflow to the motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill Parameters of Stall Protection ID709 to ID712 General The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protection The stall state is defined with two parameters ID710 Stall current and ID712 Stall frequency limit If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state is true There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection A 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Appendix A Parameters of Underload Protection ID713 to ID716 General The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the drive is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a broken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714 Field weakening area load and ID715 Zero frequency load see below The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is not active below 5 Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the under
128. al 0 3 2 protection of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 temperature factor P1 7 10 Motor cooling 0 0 150 0 96 40 0 factor at zero speed P1 7 11 Motor thermal 1 200 min 45 time constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting 3 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Local Remote Control Application Table 3 9 Protections G1 7 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotorX2 A IL P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 P1 7 16 Stall frequency 1 0 Par 1 1 2 Hz 25 0 limit P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 0 No response protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 18 Field weakening 10 150 50 area load P1 7 19 Zero frequency 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 load P1 7 20 Underload 2 600 S 20 protection time limit P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 0 No response thermistor fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 See P1 7 21 fieldbus fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 See P1 7 21 fault P1 7 24 FB MCW Bit 15 O 2 0 0 No action 1 Fault low 2 Fault high Autorestart Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 8 T
129. ale minimum minimum P1 2 6 Al1custom setting 0 00 100 00 96 100 0 322 Analog input 1 scale maximum maximum P1 2 7 A11 signal 0 1 0 323 Analog input 1 reference inversion inversion yes no P1 2 8 Al1 signal filter 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 324 Analog input 1 reference filter time time constant P1 2 99 AI2 signal 0 A 2 388 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 10 Al2 signal range O 2 1 325 0 0 20mA 1 4 20 mA 2 custom setting range P1 2 11 Al2 custom setting 0 00 100 00 0 00 326 Analog input 2 scale minimum minimum P1 2 12 Al2 custom setting 0 00 100 00 100 00 327 Analog input 2 scale maximum maximum P1 2 13 AI2 signal 0 1 0 328 Analog input 2 reference inversion inversion yes no P1 2 14 Al2 signal filter 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 329 Analog input 2 reference filter time time constant P1 2 15 Reference scaling 0 00 Par 1 2 16 Hz 0 00 303 Selects the frequency that minimum value corresponds to the min reference signal P1 2 16 Reference scaling 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 Selects the frequency that maximum value corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling 50 scaled max value P1 2 17 Free analog input 0 2 0 361 0 Not used signal selection 1 Uin analog volt input 2 lin analog curr input P1 2 18 Free analog input 0 4 0 362 0 No function Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 1 Reduces current limit p
130. ameter you select the digital output to show the status of the Safe Disable Requires SPX drive and special card in Slot B ChargeSWState 6 P1 3 3 30 With this parameter you select the digital output to show the status of the DC Bus charge Can be used to close contactor when CPX precharge is complete LoRemButtonActive 234567 With this parameter you can disable the local remote button on the keypad if a digital input is used to select local and remote mode CPX Temperature Fault 6 P1 2 7 22 Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped Hide Operate Menu 234567 With this parameter you can disable the Keypad Operate Menu so the Multimonitor Menu can be used to display three monitor values at a time if one of the values is a reference the up down arrows will adjust the reference as with the Operate Menu MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 85 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Keypad Control Parameters Unlike the parameters listed above these parameters are located in the M2 menu of the control keypad The reference parameters do not have an ID number 114 123 R3 2 R3 4 R3 5 R3 5 1688 STOP button activated P2 4 P2 6 To make the STOP button a hotspot which always stops the drive regardless of the selected control place set the value of this parameter to 1 See also ID 125 Keypad direction P2 3 0 Forward The rotation
131. ange O 100 is selected for Place B reference A Output A Output Frequency Frequency Max Frequency ID102 Max Frequency ID102 ID345 J Analog ID344 Min Frequency ID101 Input V Min Frequency ID101 4 gt Analog Input V 1 gt 0 10 0 10 346 347 Figure 8 23 Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling Left ID344 0 No reference scaling Right reference scaling Output freq limit 2 supervision 34567 P1 3 12 P1 3 4 3 P1 3 2 3 function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see Page A 1 4 Brake on off control Application 6 only see Page A 1 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID347 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signals ID447 and ID448 are connected Applications 6 and 7 Output frequency limit 2 34567 P1 3 13 P1 3 4 4 P1 3 2 4 supervision value Selects the frequency value supervised by ID346 See Figure 8 16 8 28 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 348 349 350 351 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Torque limit supervision 34567 P1 3 14 P1 3 4 5 P1 3 2 5 function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit sup
132. ar 1 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit 4 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Output Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 Table 4 5 Output Signals G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 19 AOT signal selection 0 A 1 464 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output function 0 8 1 307 0 Not used 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 ln Motor 5 Motor torque 0 ThMotor 6 Motor power 0 Ph Motor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC bus volt O 1000V P1 3 3 Analog output filter 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering time P1 3 4 Analog output 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output 0 1 0 310 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 6 Analog output scale 10 1000 100 311 P1 3 7 Digital output 1 0 22 1 312 0 Not used function 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit su
133. be programmed one basic speed 15 multi step speeds and one jogging speed The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING If jogging speed is used DIN3 can be programmed from fault reset to jogging speed select The basic speed reference can be either voltage or current signal via analog input terminals 2 3 or 4 5 The other one of the analog inputs can be programmed for other purposes All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One skip frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Multi Step Speed Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 4 1 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Control I O Table 4 1 Multi Step Speed Control Application Default I O Configuration Signal Description Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Analog input voltage range 0 10V DC Basic reference programmable range 0 10V DC
134. cal Remote Control Application Skip Frequency Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 5 Table 3 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 par 1 5 2 Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit P1 5 2 Skip frequency 0 00 par 1 1 2 Hz 0 0 510 0 Skip frequency range 1 range 1 high not used limit P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 par 1 5 2 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 Skip frequency 0 00 par 1 1 2 Hz 0 0 512 0 Skip frequency range 2 range 2 high not used limit P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 par 1 5 2 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skipfrequency 0 00 par 1 1 2 Hz 0 0 514 0 Skip frequency range 3 range 3 high not used limit P1 5 7 Skip frequency 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 acc dec ramp Motor Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 6 Table 3 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 19 Motor control 0 1 6 0 600 0 Frequency control mode 1 Speed control Additionally for SPX 2 Torque control 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl P1 6 2 V Hz 0 1 0 109 0 Not used optimization 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz ratio 0 3 0 108 0 Linear selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 point P1 6 59 Voltage at
135. can only be changed after the drive has been stopped Use TTF method to program these parameters See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M7 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Table 1 2 Monitoring Values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 96 4 In of Motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 96 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 96 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Voltage input V 13 Al1 V1 12 Current input mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Multimonitoring items d three selectable monitoring values MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 1 3 9000X AF Drives Basic Application Basic Parameters Control Keypad M1 G1 1 Table 1 3 Basic Parameters G1 ETN August
136. ce value maximum See Figure 8 59 Output Pressure 1D1024 Output Pressure Drop Value Time Input Pressure ID1026 1 Input Pressure High Limit T ID1032 L Input Pressure Low Limit T Time Figure 8 59 Output Pressure Behavior Depending on Input Pressure and Parameter Settings 8 80 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 1025 1026 1027 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Frequency drop delay after 7 P1 9 21 starting auxiliary drive Frequency increase delay after 7 P1 9 22 stopping auxiliary drive If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly e g in soft starter control then a delay between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the adjustable frequency drive will make the control smoother This delay can be adjusted with ID1025 In the same way if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay between the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the adjustable frequency drive can be programmed with ID1026 See Figure 8 60 If either of the values of ID1025 or ID1026 is set to maximum 300 0 s no frequency drop nor increase takes place Output Frequency Start Freq of Aux Drive 1 Hz Stop Freq of Aux Drive 1 Hz gt Time star Doray or J Drop Delay Frequency l bA ID1025 pHnerease Delay D1010 g Stop Delay 7 ID1026
137. ce Symbol I O terminals Keypad panel TED Fieldbus 173 Local amp Remote reference 234567 8174 selection Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the keypad MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 9 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Table 8 6 Selections for ID173 ID174 and ID175 Application Select 2 4 5 6 7 0 Analog voltage ref Analog voltage ref Analog voltage ref Analog voltage ref Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 1 Analog current ref Analog current ref Analog current ref Analog current ref Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 2 Keypad reference AI3 Al1 Al2 Al3 Menu M2 3 Fieldbus reference Al4 Al1 AI2 Al4 4 Motor potentiometer Keypad reference AI2 Al1 Keypad reference App 3 only Menu M2 Menu M2 5 Fieldbus Al1 x AI2 Fieldbus reference 9 reference 6 Potentiometer ref AI1 joystick Potentiometer ref 7 PID controller ref Al2 joystick PID controller ref 8 Keypad reference Menu M2 9 Fieldbus reference 10 Potentiometer reference controlled with DIN5 TRUE increase and DIN6 TRUE decrease 11 AI or Al2 whichever is lower 12 AI or Al2 whichever is greater 13
138. cial display for actual 29 See parameters 1 9 29 to 1 9 31 value V1 24 PT 100 temperature C Highest temperature of used PT100 inputs G1 25 Multimonitoring items Displays 3 selectable monitor values Basic Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 1 Table 7 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2121 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency Par 1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 04xly 2xlg A IL 107 P1 1 6 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V P 230V 110 the motor P 460V P 575V P1 1 79 Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Check the rating plate of the of the motor motor P1 1 86 Nominal speed of 300 20 000 rpm 1720 112 The default applies for a 4 pole the motor motor and a nominal size frequency converter P1 1 99 Nominal current of 0 4x1y 2xlg A ly 113 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P1 1 10 Power factor 0 30 1 00 0 85 120 Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 11 Local control place 1 3 2 171 1 1 0 Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 3 1 172 1 1 0 Terminal place 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 9000X AF D
139. cted to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND 2 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Standard Application Standard Application Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given in Chapter 8 The descriptions are arranged according to the ID number of the parameter Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter Parameter value can only be changed after the drive has been stopped Use TTF method to program these parameters See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M7 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Table 2 2 Monitoring Values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency
140. ction of Acceleration and Deceleration Times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Set supervision limit can be reduced with the free analog input signal between 0 and set supervision limit ID349 see Figure 8 29 A Torque 100 Limit Par ID349 Free Analog Input gt 0 Signal Range Figure 8 29 Reduction of Torque Supervision Limit MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 33 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters 363 Start Stop logic selection 3 P1 2 15 place B 0 DIN4 closed contact start forward DIN5 closed contact start reverse A FWD Output Frequency Stop Function ID506 Coasting W REV DIN4 DIN5 Figure 8 30 Place B Start Forward Start Reverse The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts to change If Start forward DIN4 and Start reverse DIN5 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN4 has priority DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward See Figure 8 31 eO FWD Output Stop Function Frequency ID506 Coasting REV DINA i DINS fd Figure 8 31 Place B Start Stop Reverse 8 34 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E
141. current can be reduced with the free analog input signal between current 0 4 x Iy and the current set with ID507 See Figure 8 37 A DC Braking Current 100 ID507 0 15xI Free Analog Input 0 Signal Range Figure 8 37 Scaling of DC Braking Current MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 41 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 401 Reducing of acceleration and 6 P1 2 6 3 deceleration times See ID399 Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analog input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time ID103 ID104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R from Figure 8 38 A Factor R Free Analog Input Signal Range Figure 8 38 Reducing Acceleration and Deceleration Times 402 Reducing of torque supervision limit 6 P1 2 6 4 See ID399 The set torque supervision limit can be reduced with the free analog input signal between 0 and the set supervision limit ID349 See Figure 8 39 Torque Limit 10096 ID349 Free Analog Input 0 a Signal Range Figure 8 39 Reducing Torque Supervision Limit 8 42 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 4030 4042 4050 4060 407 4080 4090 410 4120 4130 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Start signal 1 6 P1 2 7 1 Signal selection 1 for the
142. cy P1 5 1 320 00 Hz 0 00 510 10 00 Skip frequency range 1 range 1 high limit not used P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 4 Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit P1 5 4 Skip frequency P1 5 3 320 00 Hz 0 00 512 10 00 Skip frequency range 2 range 2 high limit not used P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 P1 5 6 Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit P1 5 6 Skip frequency P1 5 5 320 00 Hz 0 00 514 0 00 Skip frequency range 3 range 3 high limit not used P1 5 7 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 Multiplier for ramp time in ramp skip frequency range e g 0 1 1096 of normal ramp time Motor Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 6 Table 7 17 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 19 Motor control mode 0 1 0 600 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control P1 6 20 V Hz optimization 0 1 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost P1 6 3 V Hz ratio selection 0 3 0 108 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 4 Field weakening 8 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 602 point P1 6 59 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x Vamotor weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 79 V Hz curve 0 00 P1 6 5 96 100 00 605 n X VnMotor midpoint voltage Parameter max value par 1 6 5 P1 6 8 Outputvoltage at 0 00 40 00 Yo 1 30 606 n X Vamotor zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 on Page 8 57 fo
143. e listed below See the Keypad Control Menu in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 1 4 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note R1 1 Keypad reference Par 1 1 Par 1 2 Hz 60 00 P1 2 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 Reverse request activated from the panel R1 3 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled P2 4 Operate menu hide 0 1 0 1688 0 No 1 Yes System Menu Control Keypad Menu M5 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the drive such as application and language selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Expander Boards Control Keypad Menu M6 The M6 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 1 5 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 1 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Chapter 2 Standard Application Introduction Select the Standard Application in menu Mb See Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual The Standard Application is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for wh
144. e reaches the set ID603 maximum value MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 57 9000X AF Drives 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Voltage at field weakening 234567 P1 6 5 point Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the V Hz curve parameters See ID109 ID108 ID604 and ID605 When the parameters ID110 and ID111 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the motor are set the parameters ID602 and ID603 are automatically set to the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting ID110 and ID111 V Hz curve middle point 234567 P1 6 6 frequency If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 8 2 V Hz curve middle point 234567 P1 6 7 voltage If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with the ID108 this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 8 2 Output voltage at zero 234567 P1 6 8 frequency If the programmable V Hz curve has been selected with the ID108 this parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve See Figure 8 2 Overvoltage con
145. e to be supervised by ID350 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 29 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters 352 External brake off delay 34567 P1 3 18 P1 3 4 9 P1 3 2 9 353 External brake on delay 34567 P1 3 19 P1 3 4 10 P1 3 2 10 The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals with these parameters See Figure 8 24 and Page A 1 The brake control signal can be programmed via digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or ID445 Applications 6 and 7 a b tox ID352 toy 1D353 tow 1D352 ta 1D353 External External BRAKE OFF l D01 RO1 BRAKE OFF T1 DOWRO1 ON Ro2 ON RO2 I DIN1 RUN FWD DIN1 START STOP PULSE a DS Pid DIN2 STOP PULSE t Figure 8 24 External Brake Control a Start Stop Logic Selection ID300 0 1 or 2 b Start Stop Logic Selection ID300 3 354 Frequency converter 34567 P1 3 20 P1 3 4 11 P1 3 2 11 temperature limit supervision 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set limit ID355 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output t
146. eaton com 8 25 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 333 PID controller actual value 57 P1 2 5 P1 2 1 8 selection This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 3 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 4 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 5 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 7 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 334 Actual value 1 selection 57 P1 2 9 P1 2 1 9 335 Actual value 2 selection 57 P1 2 10 P1 2 1 10 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 AI2 control board 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus Actual value 1 FBProcessDatalN2 Actual value 2 FBProcessDatalN3 Application 5 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency for Actual value 1 only 336 Actual value 1 minimum scale 57 P1 2 11 P1 2 1 11 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 337 Actual value 1 maximum scale 57 P1 2 12 P1 2 1 12 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 338 Actual value 2 minimum scale 57 P1 2 13 P1 2 1 13 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 339 Actual value 2 maximum scale 57 P1 2 14 P1 2 1 14 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 8 26 For more information visit www eaton com MN040040
147. ected with digital input The jogging speed has been selected with digital input The output frequency has reached the set reference 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Output frequency limit supervision Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated The output frequency is outside the set supervision low limit high limit ID315 and ID316 14 Control from I O terminals Application 2 14 Output frequency limit 2 supervision Applications 3456 I O control mode selected in menu M2 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit ID346 and ID347 15 Thermistor fault or warning Application 2 15 Torque limit supervision Applications 3456 The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on ID732 The motor torque is beyond the set supervision low limit high limit ID348 and ID349 16 Fieldbus input data Application 2 16 Reference limit supervision Applications 3456 Fieldbus input data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit ID350 and ID351 17 External brake control Applications 3456 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay ID352 and ID353 18 Control from I O terminals Applications 3456 19 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Applications 3456 External control mode Menu M2 ID125 Frequenc
148. ed supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 4 8 Reference limit 0 00 Par 1 1 2 0 00 351 supervision value P1 3 4 9 External brake off 0 0 100 0 S 0 5 352 delay P1 3 4 10 External brake on 0 0 100 0 S 1 5 353 delay P1 3 4 11 FC temperature 0 2 0 354 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 4 12 FC temperature 10 75 eoC 0 355 supervised value 6 16 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Table 6 17 Limit Settings G1 3 4 Continued 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 13 Ain Supv Input 0 4 0 356 0 Not used 1 All 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 P1 3 4 14 Ain Supv Llim 0 Par 1 3 4 15 96 10 00 357 P1 3 4 15 Ain Supv Hlim Par 1 3 4 14 100 00 90 00 358 Analog Output 1 Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 5 Table 6 18 Analog Output 1 Parameters G1 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 5 1 Analog output 1 AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 A 1 464 signal selection P1 3 5 2 Analog output 1 0 15 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 I Motor 5 Motor torque 0 T Motor 6 Motor power 0 P mMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 U motor 8 DC Bus volt 0 1000
149. ed if running Reference scaling minimum 3 P1 2 18 value place B Reference scaling maximum 3 P1 2 19 value place B See ID303 and ID304 above MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 35 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters 367 Motor potentiometer memory 3567 P1 2 23 P1 2 28 P1 2 1 3 P1 2 1 16 reset Frequency reference 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and power down 2 Memory reset in power down 370 Motor potentiometer memory 57 P1 2 29 P1 2 1 17 reset PID reference 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and power down 2 Memory reset in power down 371 PID reference 2 Place A 7 P1 2 1 4 additional reference If the PID reference 2 enable input function ID330 TRUE this parameter defines which reference place is selected as PID controller reference AI1 reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer AI2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference A14 reference PID reference 1 from keypad Reference from Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 Motor potentiometer PID reference 2 from keypad D O bp OWN O M If value 6 is selected for this parameter the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs ID417 and ID418 372 Supervised analog input 7 P1 3 2 13 0 Analog reference from A11 terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 1 Analog reference from AI2 terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer
150. ed to be set so that the motor can draw enough current at the low frequencies First set parameter ID108 to Programmable V Hz curve value 2 Increase the zero point voltage ID606 to get enough current at zero speed Then set the midpoint voltage ID605 to 1 4142 ID606 and the midpoint frequency ID604 to value ID606 100 ID111 Note In high torque low speed applications it is likely that the motor will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 3 9000X AF Drives 110 111 112 113 118 119 120 124 126 127 128 129 130 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Nominal voltage of the motor P1 6 P1 1 6 Find this value Vn on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the voltage at the field weakening point ID603 to 10096 VhmMotor Nominal frequency of the motor P1 7 P1 1 7 Find this value f on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the field weakening point ID602 to the same value Nominal speed of the motor P1 8 P1 1 8 Find this value nn on the rating plate of the motor Nominal current of the motor P1 9 P1 1 9 Find this value Ip on the rating plate of the motor PID controller gain 57 P1 1 12 This parameter defines the gai
151. elect R2 1 Keypad Par 1 1 1 Par 1 1 2 Hz reference P2 2 Direction on 0 1 0 123 0 Forward keypad 1 Reverse P2 3 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled P2 4 Operate menu 0 1 0 0 No hide 1 Yes System Menu Control Keypad Menu M5 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the drive such as application and language selection customized parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Expander Boards Control Keypad Menu M6 The M6 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 5 in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Note Parameter P2 1 Control place defaults to 3 I O Select to disable the Keypad L R button since Local Remote selection with this application is normally controlled with Digital Input 6 DIN6 Select Keypad L R in parameter P2 1 to enable the Keypad L R button For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Chapter 4 Multi Step Speed Control Application Introduction Select the Multi Step Speed Control Application in menu M5 See Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual The Multi Step Speed Control Application can be used in applications where fixed speeds are needed Totally 15 2 different speeds can
152. eleration Deceleration 67 P1 2 7 14 P1 2 6 14 prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened DC braking 67 P1 2 7 15 P1 2 6 15 Contact closed In STOP mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened Motor potentiometer DOWN 67 P1 2 7 8 P1 2 6 16 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is opened Motor potentiometer UP 67 P1 2 7 9 P1 2 6 17 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is opened Preset speed 1 6 P1 2 7 5 Preset speed 2 6 P1 2 7 6 Preset speed 3 6 P1 2 7 7 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies ID101 and ID102 AI1 AI2 selection 6 P1 2 7 17 This parameter is used to select either Al1 or Al2 signal as the frequency reference Start A signal 7 P1 2 6 1 Start command from control place A Default programming A 1 Start B signal 7 P1 2 6 2 Start command from control place B Default programming A 4 Control place A B selection 7 P1 2 6 3 Contact open Control place A Contact closed Control place B Default programming A 6 8 44 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 4260 4270 4280 4299 4300 4310 4320 4330 4349 4350 4360 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Autochange 1 interlock 7 P1 2 6 18 Contact closed Interloc
153. ells the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of pumps and fans It can be used for example to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if the measured input pressure falls below a limit specified by the user The application utilizes external contactors for switching between the motors connected to the frequency converter The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting order of the auxiliary drives Autochange between 2 drives main drive 1 auxiliary drive is set as default See Page 7 5 e Allinputs and outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analog input signal range selection e Two frequency limit supervisions e Torque limit supervision e Reference limit supervision e Second ramps and S shape ramp programming e Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic e DC brake at start and stop e Three skip frequency areas e Programmable U f curve and switching frequency e Autorestart e Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault e Motor underload protection e Input and output phase supervision e Sleep function The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 1 9000X AF Drives E T N Control I O
154. emp limit superv 20 Unrequested direction 21 Ext brake control inv 22 Thermistor fault warn 23 Fieldbus input data P1 3 8 Relay output 1 0 23 2 313 Same as parameter 1 3 7 function MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 9 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Table 5 5 Output Signals G1 3 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 9 Relay output 2 0 23 3 314 Same as parameter 1 3 7 function P1 3 10 Output frequency 0 2 0 315 0 No limit limit 1 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 11 Output frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 limit 1 Supervised value P1 3 12 Output frequency 0 2 0 346 0 No limit limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 13 Output frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 limit 2 Supervised value P1 3 14 Torque limit 0 2 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 15 Torque limit 0 0 300 0 supervision value P1 3 16 Reference limit 0 2 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Reference limit 0 00 Par 1 1 2 supervision value P1 3 18 External 0 0 100 0 brake off delay P1 3 19 External 0 0 100 0 brake on delay P1 3 20 FC temperature 0 2 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 21 FC temp
155. en contact start disabled and drive stopped if running see Figure 8 8 3 wire connection pulse control DIN1 closed contact start pulse DIN2 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command see Figure 8 8 Output If Start and Stop pulses are Frequency Stop Function simultaneous the Stop pulse ID506 Coasting overrides the Start pulse pg a REV DIN1 Start DIN2 Stop Figure 8 8 Start Pulse Stop Pulse 8 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters The selections including the text Rising edge required to start shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started Applications 2 and 4 4 5 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled ope
156. equency Area Setting 0 00 cece eee eens 8 55 Ramp Speed Scaling between Skip Frequencies llle 8 56 Motor Thermal Current IT Curve 2 020 002 5584 608 lp Sew ieee eee m KPAG ee een 8 63 Motor Temperature Calculation 0 cece eee eee eee eens 8 64 Stall Characteristics Settings cece tee teen eens 8 65 Stall Time Counts 22224 asee he hahah naina ce ele gs Bees NANG oo eed fees 8 65 Setting of Minimum Load e weed ee ee ee ae eee Ee 8 66 Underload Time Counter Function 000 cece eee hh 8 67 Example of Automatic Restarts with Two Restarts selle 8 68 Example of Parameter Setting ee 8 75 Reference Steps after Starting Auxiliary Drives lee a 8 76 Frequency Converter Sleep Function n 8 77 Example of Adjustable Frequency Drive and Two Auxiliary Drives with Bypassed PID Controller aa 8 79 Input and Output Pressure Measuring llle n 8 80 Output Pressure Behavior Depending on Input Pressure and Parameter Settings eee 8 80 Frequency Drop and Increase Delays leen 8 81 Autochange Applied to Auxiliary Drives Only llle nee 8 82 Autochange With All DErIves sus uasa ox o nen noe Rus tesis atm Ras Gk dod ead Nha kd 8 82 Autochange Interval and Limits n 8 83 Actual Value Special Display eh 8 84 Brake Control with Additional Limits csse A 1 Brake Co
157. equency control mode Speed controller P gain Open 6 P1 6 13 Loop Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode Speed controller gain Open 6 P1 6 14 Loop Defines the gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode Torque controller P gain 6 P1 10 9 Defines the P gain of the torque controller Torque controller gain 6 P1 10 10 Defines the gain of the torque controller Torque reference selection 6 P1 10 4 Defines the source for torque reference 0 Not used 1 Analog input 1 2 Analog input 2 3 Analog input 3 4 Analog input 4 5 Analog input 1 joystick 6 Analog input 2 joystick 7 From keypad parameter R3 5 8 Fieldbus Torque reference scaling 6 P1 10 5 maximum value Torque reference scaling 6 P1 10 6 minimum value Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analog inputs within 300 0 300 096 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 61 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 644 Torque speed limit 6 P1 10 7 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected 0 Maximum frequency ID102 1 Selected frequency reference 2 Preset speed 7 ID130 700 Response to the reference fault 234567 P1 7 1 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning the frequency from 10 seconds back is set as reference 3 Warning the Preset Frequency ID728 is set as reference 4 Fault stop mode after
158. er However when Run Enable signal is selected the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration 8 52 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 507 508 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 234567 P1 4 8 Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking DC braking current DC braking time at stop 234567 P1 4 9 Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function ID506 0 0 DC brake is not used gt 0 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function ID506 The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Par ID506 0 Stop function Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control of the frequency converter With DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is gt the nominal frequency of the motor the set value of parameter ID508 determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 1096 of the set value of ID508 A A f
159. eration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and the Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to ID343 ID121 and ID122 Note The value of ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place selection Reverse Contact open Forward Contact closed Reverse Note If several inputs are programmed to reverse one active contact is enough to set the direction to reverse Jog speed see ID124 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference Fault reset Contact closed All faults reset Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 17 Motor potentiometer UP Contact closed Reference increases until the contact is opened MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 21 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters A Output Frequency Output Frequency ID515 t gt bina RUN STOP DIN2 RUN STOP F
160. erature 10 75 supervised value P1 3 22 Analog output 2 0 471 TTF programming method used signal selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 23 Analog output 2 0 13 472 Same as parameter 1 3 2 function P1 3 24 Analog output 2 0 00 10 00 473 0 No filtering filter time P1 3 25 Analog output 2 0 1 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 26 Analog output 2 0 1 475 020mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 27 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 scaling 5 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Drive Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 4 Table 5 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 500 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 s 0 0 501 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 S 0 1 502 P1 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 S 0 1 503 P1 4 5 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Not used 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start function 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop function 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking current 0 4 x Iy 2 Xx
161. ervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control Application 6 only see Page A 1 If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID349 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signal ID451 is connected Applications 6 and 7 Torque limit supervision value 34567 P1 3 15 P1 3 4 6 P 1 3 2 6 Set here the torque value to be supervised by ID348 Applications 3 and 4 The torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with the external free analog input signal see ID361 and ID362 Reference limit supervision 34567 P1 3 16 P1 3 4 7 P1 3 2 7 function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID351 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on 1 the settings of ID312 to ID314 Applications 3 4 5 or 2 to which output the supervision signal ID451 is connected Applications 6 and 7 The supervised reference is the current active reference It can be place A or B reference depending on DING input or panel reference if the panel is the active control place Reference limit supervision 34567 P1 3 17 P1 3 4 8 P 1 3 2 8 value The frequency valu
162. estart Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 8 Table 2 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 P1 8 2 Trial time 0 00 60 00 30 00 718 P1 8 3 Start function 0 2 0 719 0 Ramp 1 Flying start 2 According to par 1 4 6 P1 8 4 Number of tries after 0 10 720 undervoltage trip P1 8 5 Number of tries after 0 10 721 overvoltage trip P1 8 6 Number of tries after 0 3 722 overcurrent trip P1 8 7 Number of tries after 0 10 723 reference trip P1 8 8 Number of tries after 0 10 726 motor temperature fault trip P1 8 9 Number of tries after 0 10 725 external fault trip P1 8 10 Number of tries after 0 10 0 738 underload fault trip 2 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Standard Application Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 2 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 1 Control place 0 3 0 1685 0 Keypad L R 1 Local 2 Remote 3 I O force R2 1 Keypad reference Par 1 1 1 Par 1 1 2 Hz P2 3 Direction on keypad 0 1 0 123 0 Forward 1 Reverse P2 4 Stop button 0 1 1 114 0 Limited function of Stop button
163. field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n x Unmot weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve 0 00 Par 1 6 4 Hz 60 00 604 midpoint frequency P1 6 7 V Hz curve 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 n x Unmot midpoint voltage Parameter max value par 1 6 5 3 10 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Table 3 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Continued 9000X AF Drives P gain Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 89 Output voltage 0 00 40 00 96 1 30 606 n9 6XUmgnmot at zero frequency P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 Varies kHz Varies 601 See Table 8 12 on Page 8 57 frequency for exact values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Not used controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used P1 6 12 Load Drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 Drooping of nominal speed at nominal torque P1 6 13 Identification 0 1 0 631 0 Not used 1 V Hz 2 V Hz w boost Closed Loop parameter group 1 6 14 SPX only P1 6 14 1 Magnetizing 0 00 100 00 A 0 00 612 current P1 6 14 2 Speed control P 0 1000 30 613 gain P1 6 14 3 Speed controll 0 0 500 0 ms 130 0 614 time P1 6 14 5 Acceleration 0 00 300 00 S 0 00 626 compensation P1 6 14 6 Slip adjust 0 500 96 100 619
164. gital input signal for e g testing purposes only you can set the board slot value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2 10 to place the input to a TRUE state In other words the value 1 corresponds to open contact and values 2 to 10 to closed contact In case of analog inputs giving the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 096 value 2 corresponds to 2096 and any value between 3 and 10 corresponds to 10096 6 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Parameter Lists 9000X AF Drives Multi Purpose Control Application On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory User s customized setting ID number of the parameter for reference to Chapter 8 Parameter value can only be changed when the drive is stopped Programmed using terminal to function TTF method See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M8 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be
165. he analog output signal Maximum output signal Minimum set value Minimum output signal Maximum set value See ID311 in Figure 8 14 Analog Output 4 Current 20 mA Ak 12mA 10 mA D311 5096 7 LD311 10096 4 mA M Max Value of Signal Selected with ID307 gt 1 0 OmA Figure 8 14 Analog Output Invert 310 Analog output minimum 234567 P1 3 5 P1 3 5 5 P1 3 3 5 Defines the signal minimum to be either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero Note the difference in analog output scaling in ID311 Figure 8 15 0 Set minimum value to 0 mA 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 17 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters 311 Analog output scale 234567 P1 3 6 P1 3 5 6 P1 3 3 6 Scaling factor for analog output Table 8 7 Analog Output Scaling Signal Max value of the signal Output frequency Max frequency ID102 Freq Reference Max frequency ID102 Motor speed Motor nom speed 1xnmMotor Output current Motor nom current 1xlnMotor Motor torque Motor nom torque 1xTnMotor Motor power Motor nom power 1xPnMotor Motor voltage 10096 x VnMotor DC link voltage 1000 V PI ref value 10096 x ref value max PI act value 1 10096 x actual value max PI act value 2 10096 x actual value max PI error value 10096 x error value max PI output 10096 x output max Analog Output C
166. he supervision signal ID451 is connected Applications 6 and 7 355 Frequency converter 34567 P1 3 21 P1 3 4 12 P1 3 2 12 temperature limit value This temperature value is supervised by ID354 356 On Off control signal 6 P1 3 4 13 With this parameter you can select the analog input to be monitored 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 8 30 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 357 On Off control low limit 6 P1 3 4 14 358 On Off control high limit 6 P1 3 4 15 These parameters set the low and high limits of the signal selected with ID356 See Figure 8 25 Analog Input Selected with ID356 n ID358 ID357 gt Time Ro1 0 In this example the programming of ID463 B 1 Figure 8 25 An Example of On Off Control 359 PID controller minimum limit 5 P1 2 30 360 PID controller maximum limit 5 P1 2 31 With these parameters you can set the minimum and maximum limits for the PID controller output Limit setting 1000 0 of fmax lt ID359 lt ID360 lt 1000 0 of fmax These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain I time and D time for the PID controller 361 Free analog input signal 34 P1 2 20 P1 2 17 selection Selection of input signal for the free analog input an input not used for a reference signal 0 Not in use 1 Voltage signal Vin 2
167. hes see 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed Start Direct frequency reference Pa 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed DEEE cow eI programmable active 16 DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is us active E a ee Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable ma J19 A01 Analog output Range 0 20 mA R max 500W G9 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA U lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN L aga RO1 mr RUN bns ues eepterena 2 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable AC 26 RO Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Jumper Block X3 CMA and CMB Grounding e e CMB connected to GND e e CMA connected to GND ng Factory default CMB isolated from GND i CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND 5 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives PID Control Application PID Control Application Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are gi
168. ich the Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed e The Standard Application has the same I O signals and the same control logic as the Basic Application Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One skip frequency area Programmable V f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Standard Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 2 1 9000X AF Drives E T N Control I O Reference potentiometer 1 10 kW Standard Application August 2010 Table 2 1 Standard Application Default I O Configuration OPTA1 1 eS 2 READY D z C9 RUN pea L 6 CERTE 220V AC aie Terminal Signal Description 10V Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for refere
169. if the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the application 8 2 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 109 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Au Un ID603 Default Nominal Voltage of the Motor Field Weakening Point ID605 _ __ Default 10 Default Nominal Frequency of the ID606 Motor Default 1 3 Z a gt ID604 ID602 Default 5 Hz Figure 8 2 Programmable V Hz Curve Linear with flux optimization 3 The frequency converter starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy lower the disturbance level and the noise This function can be used in applications with constant motor load such as fans pumps etc V Hz optimization P1 13 P1 6 2 Automatic The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the motor torque produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies The voltage boost increase depends on the motor type and power Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction is high e g in conveyors Example What changes are required to start the load from 0 Hz e First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 1 1 Option 1 Activate the Automatic torque boost Option 2 Programmable V Hz curve To obtain the required torque the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency in parameter group 1 6 ne
170. igure 8 17 DC Braking Command Selection 12 Selected for DIN2 Left Stop mode ramp Right Stop mode coasting 321 Al1 custom setting minimum 322 Al1 custom setting maximum 320 AIT signal range 34567 P1 2 4 P1 2 16 P1 2 2 3 Table 8 9 Selections for ID320 Application Select 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 10096 0 10096 0 10096 1 20 10096 20 10096 20 100 2 Customized 10 10V Customized 3 Customized For selection Customized see ID321 and ID322 34567 P1 2 5 P1 2 17 P1 2 2 4 34567 P1 2 6 P1 2 18 P 1 2 2 5 These parameters set the analog input signal for any input signal span within 0 100 8 22 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 323 Al signal inversion 3457 P1 2 7 P1 2 19 P1 2 2 6 If this parameter 0 no inversion of analog Vin signal takes place Note In Application 3 AI1 is place B frequency reference if parameter ID131 0 default Output Frequency ID303 ID320 0 Al1 0 100 1D320 1 ID304 Al1 Custom An Term 2 e FF 0 ID321 ID322 10096 Figure 8 18 Al1 No Signal Inversion If this parameter 1 inversion of analog signal takes place max A11 signal minimum set speed min Al1 signal maximum set speed Output Frequency 1D303 ID320 0 AI1 0 100 ID320 1 Al1
171. ime select 5 Rvs if par 1 2 1 3 6 Jogging speed 7 Fault reset 8 Acc Dec operation prohibit 9 DC Braking command 10 Motor potentiometer DOWN P1 2 3 Al1 signal 0 A 1 337 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 4 Al1 signal 0 1 0 323 Analog input 1 reference inversion inversion yes no P1 2 5 A11 signal filter 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 324 Analog input 1 reference filter time time constant P1 2 6 Al2 signal 0 A 2 388 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 2 7 Al2signalrange O 2 1 325 0 0 20mA 1 4 20 mA 2 custom setting range P1 2 8 Al2 custom setting 0 00 100 00 0 00 326 Analog input 2 scale minimum minimum P1 2 9 Al2 custom setting 0 00 100 00 100 00 327 Analog input 2 scale maximum maximum Rising edge required to start CP control place 9 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 5 9000X AF Drives Local Remote Control Application Table 3 4 Input Signals G1 2 Continued E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 10 AI2 signal inversion 0 1 0 328 Analog input 2 reference inversion yes no P1 2 11 Al2 signal filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 329 Analog input 2 reference filter time constant DIN4 DIN5 P1 2
172. ing P1 2 3 6 AI2 reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 393 Selects the frequency that scaling minimum corresponds to the min value reference signal P1 2 3 7 Al2 reference 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 394 Selects the frequency that scaling maximum corresponds to the max value reference signal P1 2 3 8 Al2 joystick 0 00 20 00 0 00 395 Dead zone for joystick input hysteresis P1 2 3 9 Al2 sleep limit 0 00 100 00 96 0 00 396 Drive goes to sleep mode if input is below this limit for set time P1 2 3 10 AI2 sleep delay 0 00 320 00 S 0 00 397 P1 2 3 11 AI2 joystick offset 50 00 50 00 96 0 00 166 9 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Analog Input 3 Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 4 Table 6 10 Analog Input 3 Parameters G1 2 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 4 1 6 AI3 signal 0 0 1 141 TTF programming selection See chapter 6 3 P1 2 4 2 Al3 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 142 0 No filtering P1 2 4 3 Al3signalrange 0 3 1 143 0 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range P1 2 4 4 Al3 custom 160 00 160 00 0 00 144 minimum setting P1 2 4 5 AI3 custom 160 00 160 00 100 00 145 maximum setting P1 2 4 6 Al3 signal 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 11
173. ion 234567 P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle Defines how much of the nominal motor load is applied The value can be set to 096 10096 See Page A 4 709 Stall protection 234567 P1J 13 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter See Page A 4 8 64 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 710 Stall current limit 234567 P1 7 14 711 The current can be set to 0 1 Invotor 2 For a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 8 49 The software does not allow entering a greater value than Inmotor 2 If ID113 nominal motor current is changed this parameter is automatically restored to the default value IL See Page A 4 Stall Area ID710 gt ID712 f Figure 8 49 Stall Characteristics Settings Stall time 234567 P1 7 15 This time can be set between 1 0 and 120 0s This is the maximum time allowed for a stall stage The stall time is counted by an internal up down counter If the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip see ID709 See Page A 4 A Stall Time Counter Trip Area ID711 Trip Warning ID709 Time gt Stall No Stall IN LJ o
174. ion visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 1017 1018 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Sleep delay 57 P1 1 16 The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the frequency converter is stopped See Figure 8 56 Wake up level 57 P1 1 17 The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the frequency converter is restored See Figure 8 56 A Actual Value Wake Up Level ID1018 Time A Output Frequency Sleep Level t lt 1D1017 txID1017 ID1016 gt Running Start Stop Status of the Var Speed Drive Stop 1019 Figure 8 56 Frequency Converter Sleep Function Wake up function 57 P1 1 18 This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level ID1018 See Figure 8 56 and Table 8 14 Application 5 has selections 0 1 and Application 7 selections 0 3 available MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 77 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Table 8 14 Selectable Wake Up Functions E T N August 2010 Parameter Value Function Limit Description 0 Wake up happens The limit defined with Actial when actual value 1D1018 is i
175. itoring data with selection parameter ID P1 9 5 Fieldbus data out 3 0 10000 3 854 Choose monitoring data with selection parameter ID P1 9 6 Fieldbus data out 4 0 10000 4 855 Choose monitoring data with selection parameter ID P1 9 7 Fieldbus data out 5 0 10000 5 856 Choose monitoring data with selection parameter ID P1 9 8 Fieldbus data out 6 0 10000 6 857 Choose monitoring data with selection parameter ID 6 24 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Table 6 26 Fieldbus Parameters G1 9 Continued 9000X AF Drives selection Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 9 Fieldbus data out 7 0 10000 7 858 Choose monitoring data with selection parameter ID P1 9 10 Fieldbus data out 8 0 10000 37 859 Choose monitoring data with parameter ID P1 9 11 FB Data In1 Sel 0 2000 0 876 Writes to drive ID only on a change P1 9 12 FB Data In2 Sel 0 2000 0 877 Writes to drive ID only on a change Torque Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 10 Table 6 27 Torque Control Parameters G1 10 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 10 1 Torque limit 0 0 400 0 96 300 0 609 P1 10 2 Torque limit 0 0 32000 3000 610 control P gain P1 10 3 Torque limit 0 0 32000 200 611 control l gain P1 1
176. ive B5 MC AtSpeed Not used B6 MC ZeroSpeed RunEnable B7 MC FluxReady MC Warning B8 MC TCSpeedLimit Active Panel I O Control Indicator B9 MC DetectedEncoderDirection Panel Panel Control Indicator B10 MC UVFastStop Panel Fieldbus Control Indicator B11 MC DC Brake MC DC Brake B12 FB Ref Active RunRequest B13 MC StartDelay not used Motor Regulator Status not Zero B14 Remote Active External Brake Control B15 FB WD Pulse Not used MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 7 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Basic Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 1 Table 6 6 Basic Parameters G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency Par 1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 01x14 2xlg A IL 107 lu is the nominal current rating of the 9000X inverter P1 1 6 Nominal voltage of 180 690 V SVX 2 230V 110 Motor nameplate value the motor SVX 4 460V SVX 5 575V P1 1 7 Nominal frequency 0 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Motor nameplate value of the motor P1 1 8 Nominal speed of 0 65000 rpm 1720 112 Motor nameplate value
177. k of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated Default programming A 2 Autochange 2 interlock 7 P1 2 6 19 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated Default programming A 3 Autochange 3 interlock 7 P1 2 6 20 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated Autochange 4 interlock 7 P1 2 6 21 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated Autochange 5 interlock 7 P1 2 6 22 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated PID reference 2 7 P1 2 6 23 Contact open PID controller reference selected with ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with ID371 Ready 67 P1 3 3 1 P 1 3 1 1 The frequency converter is ready to operate Run 67 P1 3 3 2 P 1 3 1 2 The frequency converter is operating the motor is running Fault 67 P1 3 3 3 P1 3 1 3 A fault trip has occurred Default programming A 1 for Application 7 and B 2 for Application 6 Inverted fault 67 P1 3 3 4 P 1 3 1 4 No fault trip has occurred Warning 67 P1 3 3 5 P1 3 1 5 General warning signal MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 45 9000X AF Drives 4379 4380 4390 4400 4410 4429 4430 4440 445 4460 447 4480 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters External fault or warning 67 P1 3 3 6 P1 3 1 6 Fault or warning dependi
178. l Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 6 Table 6 23 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 1 Motor control mode 0 4 0 600 SVX 0 Freq Control 1 OL SpeedCont 2 OL Torg Ctrl SPX Only 3 CL SpeedCont 4 CL Torq Ctrl 0 109 0 Not used 1 Automatic torque boost 0 108 0 Linear 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P1 6 2 V Hz Boost 0 1 P1 6 3 V Hz Ratio Select 0 3 P1 6 4 Field weakening point 8 00 650 Hz 60 00 602 P1 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n X Unmot weakening point P1 6 6 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 650 Hz 60 00 604 frequency P1 6 796 V Hz curve midpoint 0 00 100 00 100 00 605 n XUnmot voltage Parameter max value par 1 6 5 P1 6 89 Output voltage atzero 0 00 40 00 1 30 606 n XUnmot frequency 6 20 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Table 6 23 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 Continued 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 6 9 Switching 1 0 16 kHz 10 601 See Table 8 12 on Page 8 57 frequency for exact values P1 6 109 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Not used controller 1 Used no ramping 2
179. lculated motor temperature V1 11 Analog input 1 V 13 Al1 V1 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DINA DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 3 9000X AF Drives Local Remote Control Application Basic Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 1 Table 3 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency Par 1 1 1 320 00 Hz 60 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 3 0 104 P1 1 5 Current limit 0 1xlj 2xlg A IL 107 P1 1 6 Nominal voltage of the 180 690 V P 230V 110 motor P 460V P 575V P1 1 7 Nominal frequency of 30 00 320 00 Hz 60 00 111 Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P1 1 86 Nominal speed of the 300 20 000 rpm 1720 112 The default applies for a motor 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter P1 1 99 Nominalcurrent ofthe 0 1xly 2xIy A lu 113
180. liary drive 4 P1 9 10 Start delay 0 0 300 0 S 4 0 1010 auxiliary drives P1 9 11 Stop delay 0 0 300 0 S 2 0 1011 auxiliary drives P1 9 12 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1012 auxiliary drive 1 P1 9 13 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1013 auxiliary drive 2 P1 9 14 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1014 auxiliary drive 3 P1 9 15 Reference step 0 0 100 0 0 0 1015 auxiliary drive 4 P1 9 16 PID controller 0 1 0 1020 1 PID contr bypassed bypass P1 9 17 Analog input 0 5 0 1021 0 Not used selection for input 1 Al1 pressure 2 Al2 measurement 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus signal P1 9 18 Input pressure 0 0 100 0 30 00 1022 high limit P1 9 19 Input pressure 0 0 100 0 20 00 1023 low limit P1 9 20 Output pressure 0 0 100 0 30 00 1024 drop P1 9 21 Frequency drop 0 0 300 0 S 0 0 1025 0 0 No delay delay 300 0 No frequency drop MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 25 9000X AF Drives E T N Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 20 Pump and Fan Control Parameters G1 9 Continued August 2010 Keypad Control Control Keypad Menu M2 This menu provides the parameters for the setting of the keypad frequency reference the selection of motor direction when in keypad operation and when the STOP button is active Table 7 21 Keypad Control Parameters M2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 9 22 Frequency increase 0 0 300
181. lled by the pump and fan automatics to be changed at desired intervals The drive controlled by frequency converter can also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence par 1 9 25 The Autochange function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and to prevent e g pump stalls due to too long running breaks e Apply the Autochange function with parameter 1 9 24 Autochange e The autochange takes place when the time set with parameter 1 9 26 Autochange interval has expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with parameter 1 9 28 Autochange frequency limit e Therunning drives are stopped and re started according to the new order e External contactors controlled through the relay outputs of the frequency converter connect the drives to the frequency converter or to the mains If the motor controlled by the frequency converter is included in the autochange sequence it is always controlled through the relay output activated first The other relays activated later control the auxiliary drives see Figure 7 4 and Figure 7 5 Parameter 1 9 24 Autochange 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary drives only or the auxiliary drives and the drive controlled by the frequency converter depending on the setting of parameter 1 9 25 Automatics selection By default the Autochange is activated for
182. load curve are set in percentage which refers to the nominal torque of the motor The motor s name plate data parameter motor nominal current and the drive s nominal current ly are used to find the scaling ratio for the internal torque value If other than nominal motor is used with the drive the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases Fieldbus Control Parameters ID850 to ID859 The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from the fieldbus Modbus Profibus DeviceNet etc With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1 8 you can monitor values from the fieldbus MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com A 5 E T N Powering Business Worldwide Eaton s Electrical Sector is a global leader in power distribution power quality control and automation and monitoring products When combined with Eaton s full scale engineering services these products provide customer driven PowerChain Management solutions to serve the power system needs of the data center industrial institutional public sector utility commercial residential IT mission critical alternative energy and OEM markets worldwide Eaton Corporation Electrical Sector 1111 Superior Ave Cleveland OH 44114 United States 877 ETN CARE 877 386 2273 Eaton com 2010 Eaton Corporation All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No MN04004001E Z10157 August 2010 PowerChain Managemen
183. mming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One skip frequency area Programmable v f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Local Remote Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 1 9000X AF Drives Control I O Remote Reference Pot 1 10 kW E T N August 2010 Local Remote Control Application Table 3 1 Local Remote Application Default I O Configuration Ede Remote reference 0 4 20 mA Ha 4 RUN DEN AE E 220V _ AC WEM Ae R Terminal Signal Description OPTA1 10Vre Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Al1 Analog input voltage range Place B input frequency reference 0 10V DC range 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analog input current range Place A frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20 mA range 0 20 mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Remote start forward Contact closed start forward programmable 9 DIN2 Remote start reverse
184. more information visit www eaton com ix 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 x For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Chapter 1 Basic Application Introduction The Basic Application is easy to use with a minimum number of parameters It operates like the default setup of the Standard Application It is the default setting on delivery from the factory If any configuration changes are needed select the Standard Application in menu M5 Fieldbus control is not available in the Basic Application but fieldbus monitoring is the same as the Standard Application The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Motor Protection Functions in the Basic Application The Basic Application provides almost all the same protection functions as the other applications e External fault protection e Input phase supervision e Undervoltage protection e Output phase supervision e Earth fault protection e Motor thermal protection e lin reference fault auto reset Unlike the other applications the Basic Application does not provide any parameters for choosing the response function or limit values for the faults The motor thermal protection is explained in more detail on Page A 4 in Appendix A MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 1 1 9
185. n Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 4 1 AI3 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 141 P1 2 4 2 AI3 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 142 0 No filtering P1 2 4 3 Al3 signal range 0 2 1 143 0 20 100 6 1 4mA 2096 100969 2 Custom range 9 P1 2 4 4 AI3 custom 100 00 100 00 96 0 00 144 minimum setting P1 2 4 5 AI3 custom 100 00 100 00 96 100 00 145 maximum setting P1 2 4 6 Al3 inversion 0 1 0 151 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Analog Input 4 Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 5 Table 7 8 Input Signals Analog Input 4 G1 2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 5 1 Al4 signal selection AnIN 0 1 AnIN E 10 AnIN 0 1 152 P1 2 5 2 Al4 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 153 0 No filtering P1 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 0 2 1 154 0 0 10096 6 1 4mA 20 100 2 Custom range 9 P1 2 5 4 Al4 custom 160 00 160 00 96 0 00 155 minimum setting P1 2 5 5 Al4 custom 160 00 160 00 96 100 00 156 maximum setting P1 2 5 6 Al4 inversion 0 1 0 162 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Digital Inputs Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 2 6 Table 7 9 Input Signals Digital Inputs G1 2 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 6 1 Start A signal DigIN 01 Digln E 10 DigIN A 1 423 P1 2 6 2 Start
186. n Menus M3 to M6 Menus M3 to M6 provide information on the Active Faults Fault History System Menu settings and the Expander Board setup These menu items are explained in detail in Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Monitoring Menu M7 The monitored items are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as the status and measurements of other elements Monitored items cannot be edited See the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 Menu information item M7 for more information Note Local control is always frequency control mode unless PID is selected for the local reference In remote frequency mode is selected with DIN6 unless PID is selected for the remote reference PC Control is always frequency mode MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 27 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 7 28 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Chapter 8 Description of Parameters Introduction On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter A parameter ID number with a footnote e g 418 Motor potentiometer UP indicates that the TTF programming method shall be applied to this parameter see Page 6 3 Some parameter names are followed by a number code indicating the All in One applications in which the parameter is included If no code is
187. n can be selected from any slot The procedure of selecting between the sets is explained in the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 Digital input FALSE The active set is saved to set 2 Set 1 is loaded as the active set Digital input 2 TRUE The active set is saved to set 1 Set2 is loaded as the active set Note The parameter values can be changed in the active set only 8 50 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 498 500 501 502 503 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Start pulse memory 3 P1 2 24 Giving a value to this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa 0 The RUN status is not copied 1 The RUN status is copied In order for this parameter to have effect ID300 and ID363 must have been set the value 3 Acceleration Deceleration 234567 P1 4 1 ramp 1 shape Acceleration Deceleration 234567 P1 4 2 ramp 2 shape The start and end of the acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting a value of 0 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to react immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting a value from 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with ID103 and ID104 ID502 and ID503 ID103 ID
188. n contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Application 3 and 6 4 Application 3 8 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if ID174 is set to 3 or 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if ID174 is set to 3 or 4 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 13 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters 301 DING function 12345 P1 17 P1 2 2 Not used 1 External fault closing contact Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is active 2 External fault opening contact Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is not active 3 Run enable contact open Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped contact closed Motor start enabled A
189. n of the PID controller If the value of the parameter is set to 10096 a change of 1096 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 1096 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as ID controller See the examples on Page 8 5 PID controller I time 57 P1 1 13 ID119 defines the integration time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 1096 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PD controller See the examples on Page 8 5 Motor Power Factor P1 10 P1 1 10 Find this value Power Factor on the rating plate of the motor Jogging speed reference 34567 P1 1 14 P1 1 15 P1 1 19 Defines the jogging speed selected with the DIN3 digital input which can be programmed for Jogging speed See parameter ID301 This parameter s value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID101 and ID102 Preset speed 3 46 P1 1 17 Preset speed 4 46 P1 1 18 Preset speed 5 46 P1 1 19 Preset speed 6 46 P1 1 20 Preset speed 7 46 P1 1 21 These parameter values define the Multi step speeds selected with the DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING digital inputs See also parameters ID105 and ID106 These parameter values are automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID101 and ID102 8 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN0400400
190. n percent of value Signal goes below the limit the maximum actual A value 100 1D1018 30 gt Time Start Stop 1 Wake up happens The limit defined with FORE when actual value ID1018 is in percent of vatis Signal exceeds the limit the maximum actual A value 100 1D1018 60 gt Time Start Stop 2 Wake up happens The limit defined with moms when actual value ID1018 is in percent of value signal goes below the limit the current value ofthe A reference signal 100 Reference 50 a 1D1018 60 Limit 60 Reference 30 gt Time Start Stop 3 Wake up happens The limit defined with eer when actual value ID1018 is in percent of Value Signal exceeds the limit the current value of the A reference signal 100 1ID1018 140 Limit 140 Reference 70 Reference 50 gt Time Start Stop 8 78 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 1020 PID controller bypass 7 P1 9 16 With this parameter the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed Then the frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxiliary drives are defined according to the actual value signal See Figure 8 57 Output Freq A Max Freq a ID102 3 Start Freq of the Aux Drive 1 Start Freq of the Aux Drive 2 ID1002 ID1004 gt Minimum Freq s F bool Stop Freq of the Aux i top Freq of the A
191. nals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 3 Table 6 16 Digital Output Signals G1 3 3 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 3 3 1 Ready DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT A 1 432 Ready to run P1 3 3 22 Run DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 1 433 Running P1 3 3 3 Fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 2 434 Drive in fault state P1 3 3 4 Inverted fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 435 Drive not in fault state P1 3 3 5 Warning DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 436 Warning active P1 3 3 6 External fault DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 437 External fault active P1 3 3 7 Reference fault warning DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 438 4 mA fault active P1 3 3 8 Overtemperature DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 439 Drive overtemperature warning active P1 3 3 9 Reverse DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 440 Output frequency lt 0 Hz P1 3 3 10 Unrequested direction DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 441 Reference lt gt Output frequency P1 3 3 11 At speed DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 442 Reference Output frequency P1 3 3 12 9 Jogging speed DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 443 Jogging or preset speed command active P1 3 3 13 Remote control DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 444 IO control active P1 3 3 14 External brake con
192. nce and controls 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20 mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref U Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Closed Closed Ref li 116 DING Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DING Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable 19 AO1 Analog output Range 0 20 mA R max 500W 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector lt 50 mA U lt 48V DC OPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 22 RO1 Ka RUN 23 RO1 24 RO2 Relay output 2 25 RO2 NT FAULT 26 RO2 Note For more information on jumper selections see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 4 Jumper Block X3 CMA and CMB Grounding B e e Factory default CMB connected to GND CMA conne
193. ng on ID701 Reference fault or warning 67 P1 3 3 7 P1 3 1 7 Fault or warning depending on ID700 Overtemperature warning 67 P1 3 3 8 P 1 3 1 8 The heatsink temperature exceeds 70 C Reverse 67 P1 3 3 9 P 1 3 1 9 The Reverse command has been selected Unrequested direction 67 P1 3 3 10 P1 3 1 10 Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one At speed 67 P1 3 3 11 P1 3 1 11 The output frequency has reached the set reference Jogging speed 67 P1 3 3 12 P1 3 1 12 Jogging speed selected External control place 67 P1 3 3 13 P1 3 1 13 Control from I O terminal selected Menu M2 ID 125 External brake control 67 P1 3 3 14 P1 3 1 14 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay External brake control inverted 67 P1 3 3 15 P1 3 1 15 External brake ON OFF control Output active when brake control is OFF Output frequency limit 1 67 P1 3 3 16 P1 3 1 16 supervision The output frequency is outside the set supervision low limit high limit see ID315 and ID316 Output frequency limit 2 67 P1 3 3 17 P1 3 1 17 supervision The output frequency is outside the set supervision low limit high limit see ID346 and ID347 8 46 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 4499 450 4519 4520 4540 455 9 456 4579 4580 4590 460 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Reference limit supervision 67 P
194. nimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 8 51 If you change the value of ID113 nominal motor current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See Page A 5 8 66 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Description of Parameters 716 Underload time 234567 P1 7 20 This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0s This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip according to ID713 If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 8 52 and Page A 5 Underload Time Counter A Trip Area ID716 Trip Warning ID713 Time gt Underload No Underoaa LT Lo Figure 8 52 Underload Time Counter Function 717 Automatic restart Wait time 234567 P1 8 1 Defines the time before the frequency converter tries to automatically restart the motor after the fault has disappeared MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 67 9000X AF Drives 718 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Automatic restart Trial time 234567 P1 8 2 The Automatic restart function restarts the frequency converter when the faults selected with ID720 to ID725 have cleared and the waiting time has elapsed
195. nse reference fault 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 1 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4mA reference fault 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 728 frequency P1 7 3 Response to external 0 3 2 701 0 No response fault 1 Warning P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 3 730 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 supervision 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 5 Response to 1 3 0 727 undervoltage fault P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 supervision P1 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 2 703 P1 7 8 Thermal protection of 0 3 2 704 the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 Motor cooling factor at 0 0 150 0 40 0 706 zero speed P1 7 11 Motor thermal time 1 200 min 45 707 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 96 100 708 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 3 0 709 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor X A IL 710 2 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 S 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 Par 1 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 P1 7 17 Underload protection O 3 0 713 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 18 Field weakening area 10 150 96 50 714 load P1 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 P1 7 20 Underload protection 2 600 s 20 716 time limit P1 7 21 Response to thermistor 0 3 2 732 0 No response fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3
196. ntrol LOGIC six x usare ER maga moe NG en como ESETE dp pa a o TR iot cina A 2 List of Tables Table 1 1 Basic Application Default I O Configuration llle 1 2 Table 1 2 Monitoring Values 4i e Re eme SERE Re E RE RUE S 1 3 Table 1 3 Basic Parameters G1 eee hn 1 4 Table 1 4 Keypad Control Parameters M2 leen 1 5 Table 2 1 Standard Application Default I O Configuration 2 2 Table 2 2 Monitoring Values hne 2 3 Table 2 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 een 2 4 Table 2 4 Input Signals G1 2 ern 2 5 Table 2 5 Output Signals G1 3 ens 2 5 Table 2 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 een 2 7 Table 2 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 lees 2 7 Table 2 8 Motor Control Parameters G1 6 es 2 8 Table 2 9 Protections G1 7 hh 2 9 Table 2 10 Autorestart Parameters G1 8 ee 2 10 Table 2 11 Keypad Control Parameters M2 lees 2 11 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com V 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 List of Tables continued Table 3 1 Local Remote Application Default I O Configuration 3 2 Table 3 2 Monitoring Values iue RR KG Oe ye kee eh ER PEGS NAAN 3 3 Table 3 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 en 3 4 Table 3 4 Input Signals G1 2 ehh 3 5 Table 3 5 Output Signals G1 3J ee 3 7
197. of Aux Drive H ID1011 Aux Drive Control Aux IP AE Ww Speed Figure 8 60 Frequency Drop and Increase Delays Frequency Autochange 7 P1 9 24 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 81 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters 1028 Autochange interlocks 7 P1 9 25 automatics selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Only the mains contactor is needed for each drive See Figure 8 61 NN NC LL Motor Aux 2 Motor Aux 2 CNET d Sues eu Figure 8 61 Autochange Applied to Auxiliary Drives Only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and two contactors are needed for each drive to connect it to the mains or the frequency converter See Figure 8 62 NN NN Auxiliary Auxiliary Connection Connection cu ZA di Drive 1 v Drive 2 v Figure 8 62 Autochange with All Drives 8 82 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 1029 1030 1031 Description of Parameters Autochange interval 7
198. of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active control place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 Keypad Control Menu M2 Keypad reference R2 2 The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the STOP button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M2 For more information see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 Keypad Control Menu M2 PID reference 1 57 R2 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 100 This reference value is the active PID reference if ID332 2 PID reference 2 57 R2 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 096 an 10096 This reference is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed Torque reference 6 R2 5 Defines the torque reference from 0 0 to 100 096 Operate Menu Hide Disables operate menu to use monitor menu without auto return to operate 8 86 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Appendix A Additional Information In this chapter you will find additional information on special parameter groups Such groups are e Parameters of External Brake Control with Additional Limits see below e Closed Loop
199. ol Application 6 only see Page A 1 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID316 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via the relay outputs RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of ID312 to ID314 316 Output frequency limit 234567 P1 3 11 P1 3 4 2 P1 3 2 2 supervision value Selects the frequency value supervised by ID315 See Figure 8 16 A f Hz ID315 2 ID316 t f Example 21RO1 4 21RO1 4 21IRO1 4 22 Rem 22 i DN 22 m 23RO1 23RO1 23lRO1 Figure 8 16 Output Frequency Supervision 8 20 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 319 DIN2 function 5 P1 2 1 This parameter has 14 selections If digital input DIN2 is not used set this value to 0 0 1 o 10 11 12 13 Not used External fault Contact closed Fault is displayed and the motor stopped when the input is active External fault Contact open Fault is displayed and the motor stopped when the input is not active Run enable Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Decel
200. on of 0 3 2 704 the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 temperature factor P1 7 10 Motor cooling factor at 0 0 zero speed P1 7 11 Motor thermal time 1 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 P1 7 13 Stall protection 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 2 9 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Standard Application Table 2 9 Protections G1 7 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 14 Stall current 0 1 InMotor A IL 710 x2 P1 7 15 Stall time limit 1 00 120 00 s 15 00 711 P1 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 Par Hz 25 0 712 1 1 2 P1 7 17 Underload protection 0 3 0 713 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 18 Field weakening area 10 150 50 714 load P1 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 10 0 715 P1 7 20 Underload protection 2 600 S 20 716 time limit P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 0 No response thermistor fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 22 Response to fieldbus O 3 2 733 See P1 7 21 fault P1 7 23 Response to slot fault 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 21 P1 7 24 FB MCW Bit 15 0 2 0 771 0 No action 1 Fault low 2 Fault high Autor
201. ontrol Application Table 6 16 Digital Output Signals G1 3 3 Continued E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 3 3 27 Fieldbus input data 4 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 169 FB CW B14 P1 3 3 28 Fieldbus input data 5 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 170 FB CW B15 A CAUTION Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to ensure flawless operation Limit Settings Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 4 Table 6 17 Limit Settings G1 3 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 4 1 Output frequency 0 3 0 315 0 No limit limit 1 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control P1 3 4 2 Output frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 limit 1 Supervised value P1 3 4 3 Output frequency 0 4 0 346 0 No limit limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control 4 Brake on off control P1 3 4 4 Output frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 347 limit 2 Supervised value P1 3 4 5 Torque limit 0 3 0 348 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control P1 3 4 6 Torque limit 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 349 supervision value P1 3 4 7 Reference limit 0 2 0 350 0 Not us
202. ontrol mode is determined by DIN6 unless the PID is selected as the reference 5 16 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Chapter 6 Multi Purpose Control Application Introduction Select the Multi Purpose Control Application in menu Mb See Chapter 5 of the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Multi purpose control application provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors It can be used for various kinds of different processes where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and PID control is not necessary if you need PID control functions use PID control Application or Pump and Fan Control Application The frequency reference can be selected e g from the analog inputs joystick control motor potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analog inputs There are parameters also for Fieldbus communication Multi step speeds and jogging speed can also be selected if digital inputs are programmed for these functions e The digital inputs and all the outputs are freely programmable and the application supports all l O boards Additional functions Analog input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three skip frequency areas Programmable V Hz curve and switching frequency Autorestar
203. opped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start function 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop function 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 DC braking current 0 4xly 2xly A lu 507 P1 4 9 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 508 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop P1 4 10 Frequency to start DC 0 10 10 00 Hz 1 50 515 braking during ramp stop P1 4 11 DC braking time 0 00 600 00 s 0 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start P1 4 12 Flux brake 0 1 0 520 0 Off 1 0n P1 4 13 Flux braking current 04x1y 2xly JA lu 519 Skip Frequency Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 5 Table 4 7 Skip Frequency Parameters G1 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 5 1 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 00 509 range 1 low limit 1 5 2 P1 5 2 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 0 510 0 Skip frequency range 1 not range 1 high limit 1 1 2 used P1 5 3 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 00 511 range 2 low limit 1 5 2 P1 5 4 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 0 512 0 Skip frequency range 2 not range 2 high limit 1 1 2 used P1 5 5 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 00 513 range 3 low limit 1 5 2 P1 5 6 Skip frequency 0 00 par Hz 0 0 514 0 Skip frequency range 3 not range 3 high limit 1 1 2 used P1 5 7 Skip frequency 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 acc dec ramp MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 4 9 9000X AF Drives
204. ot used 1 Update in stop Interlocks are used The new drive will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 3 P3 3 P4 3 P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt PA gt P2 gt SLEEP 3 P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Stop amp Update Interlockings are used The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new setup Example P13 P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P33 P4 See Page 7 7 Examples 7 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Examples Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and no autochange Situation Phases 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 One controlled drive and three auxiliary drives Parameter settings 1 9 1 3 1 9 25 2 0 Interlock feedback signals used autochange not used Parameter settings 1 9 23 1 1 9 24 2 0 The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with parameters 1 2 6 18 to 1 2 6 21 The Auxiliary drive 1 control par 1 3 1 27 is enabled through Interlock 1 par 1 2 6 18 the Auxiliary drive 2 control par 1 3 1 28 through Interlock 2 par 1 2 6 19 etc The system and the motor controlled by the frequency converter
205. out fout fn fn T N 3g Output Frequency N N Motor Speed DC Braking ON N Set Pai DC Braking ON t t J gt t 1x ID508 t 0 1 x ID508 gt lt RUN RUN STOP STOP Figure 8 43 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Coasting MN04004001E 8 53 For more information visit www eaton com 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters Par ID506 1 Stop function Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set deceleration parameters as fast as possible to the speed defined with ID515 where the DC braking starts The braking time is defined with ID508 If high inertia exists it is recommended to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration See Figure 8 44 eo Motor Speed M Output Frequency DC Braking ID515 4 t gt t ID508 RUN STOP Figure 8 44 DC Braking Time when Stop Mode Ramp 8 54 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Skip frequency area 1 234567 P1 5 1 Low limit Skip frequency area 1 234567 P1 5 2 High limit Skip frequency area 2 34567 P1 5 3 Low limit Skip frequency area 2 34567 P1 5 4 High limit Skip frequency area 3 34567 P1 5 5 Low limit Skip frequency area 3 34567 P1 5 6 High
206. pacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter 1 9 27 the autochange function can take place e Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 1 9 27 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter 1 9 28 the autochange can take place e If the value of parameter 1 9 28 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter 1 9 27 Interlock Selection P1 9 23 This parameter is used to activate the interlock inputs The interlocking signals come from the motor switches The signals functions are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as interlock inputs using the corresponding parameters The pump and fan control automatics only control the motors with active interlock data e The interlock data can be used even when the Autochange function is not activated e If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is inactivated and another unused auxiliary drive available the latter will be put to use without stopping the frequency converter e If the interlock of the controlled drive is inactivated all motors will be stopped and re started with the new setup e If the interlock is re activated in Run status the automatics functions according to parameter 1 9 23 Interlock selection 0 N
207. perv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Remote Control Active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P1 3 8 Relay output 1 function 0 22 2 313 Same as parameter 1 3 7 P1 3 9 Relay output 2 function 0 22 3 314 Same as parameter 1 3 7 P1 3 10 Output frequency limit 0 2 0 315 0 No limit 1 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 4 7 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Step Speed Control Application Table 4 5 Output Signals G1 3 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 11 Output frequency limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 316 1 Supervision value P1 3 12 Output frequency limit 0 2 0 346 0 No limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 13 Output frequency limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 347 2 Supervision value P1 3 14 Torque limit 0 2 0 348 0 No supervision function 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 15 Torque limit 0 0 200 0 0 349 supervision value P1 3 16 Reference limit 0 2 0 350 0 No supervision function 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 17 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 18 External brake Off 0 0 100 0 s 0 5 352 delay
208. pervision P1 3 1 21 Motor thermal DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 452 protection P1 3 1 22 Analog input DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 463 supervision limit P1 3 1 23 Motor regulator DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 454 activation MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 17 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 10 Output Signals Digital Outputs G1 3 1 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 24 2 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 455 input 1 P1 3 1 25 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 456 input 2 P1 3 1 26 9 Fieldbus digital DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 457 input 3 P1 3 1 27 Autochange 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 1 458 Aux 1 control P1 3 1 28 Autochange 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT B 2 459 Aux 2 control P1 3 1 29 Autochange 3 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 460 Aux 3 control P1 3 1 30 Autochange 4 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 461 Aux 4 control P1 3 1 31 Autochange 5 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 462 Limit Settings Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 2 Table 7 11 Output Signals Limit Settings G1 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 2 1 Output frequency 0 2 0 315 0 Nolimit limit 1 super
209. plained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 1 9000X AF Drives Control I O PID Control Application E T N August 2010 Table 5 1 PID Application Default I O Configuration with 2 wire transmitter Reference potentiometer Terminal Signal Description 1 10 kW OPTA1 r 4 10Vret Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc kg Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 2 wire 0 10V DC transmitter 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls Actual value 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference I amp r 4s5 aR 0 20mA A 20 mA 1 16 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A L 47 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls Wa mee eii 8 DIN1 Start Stop Contact closed fault NON Control place A PID controller Contact open no fault o 9 DIN2 External fault input Contact closed fault ERN programmable Contact open no fault Pa 4 10 DIN3 Fault reset programmable Contact closed fault reset GG 11 CMA Common for DIN1 DIN3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switc
210. pplication Parameter Lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter Parameter value can only be changed after the drive has been stopped Use TTF method to program these parameters See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M7 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Table 3 2 Monitoring Values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 96 4 In of motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 96 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature o 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 96 9 Ca
211. pplication 1 4 Run enable contact open Motor start enabled contact closed Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Applications 2 to 5 4 Acc Dec time select contact open Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected contact closed Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected 5 Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal 6 Closing contact Force control place to keypad 7 Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID173 and ID174 Note The value of ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN3 opens the control place is selected according to parameter 3 1 Applications 2 to 5 8 Reverse contact open Forward contact closed Reverse Note Can be used for reversing if ID300 has a value of 3 Applications 3 to 5 9 Jogging speed contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault reset contact closed Resets all faults 11 Acc dec operation prohibited contact closed Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened see Figure 8 9 Applications 3 and 5 13 Motor potentiometer down contact closed Reference decreases until the contact is opened Application 4 13 Pre
212. r frequency exact values P1 6 10 Overvoltage 0 2 1 607 0 Not used controller 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping P1 6 11 Undervoltage 0 1 1 608 0 Not used controller 1 Used 7 22 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Protections Control keypad Menu M1 G1 7 Table 7 18 Protections G1 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust L3 Note P1 7 1 Response to 0 5 0 0 No response reference fault 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Warning Preset Freq P1 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to P1 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 2 4mA reference fault 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 frequency P1 7 3 Response to 0 3 2 0 No response external fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop per P1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 4 Input phase 0 3 3 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 5 Response to 0 1 0 a 0 Fault Stored undervoltage fault 1 No History P1 7 6 Output phase 0 3 2 702 See P1 7 3 supervision P1 7 7 Ground fault 0 3 2 703 See P1 7 3 protection P1 7 8 Thermal protection 0 3 2 704 See P1 7 3 of the motor P1 7 9 Motor ambient 100 0 100 0 96 0 0 705 temperature factor P1 7 10 Motor cooling 0 0 150 0 Yo 40 0 706 Asa of In motor factor at zero speed P1 7 11 Motor thermal time 1 200 min 45 constant P1 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 96 100 P1 7 13
213. r torque 0 T Motor 6 Motor power 0 PhMotor 7 Motor voltage 0 U Motor 8 DC bus volt 0 1000V P1 3 3 Analog output filter time 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 308 0 No filtering P1 3 4 Analog output inversion 309 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 3 5 Analog output minimum 310 0 0mA 1 4mA P1 3 6 P1 3 7 Analog output scale Digital output 1 function 10 1000 Yo 100 22 1 311 312 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Remote control active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P1 3 8 Relay output 1 function 22 2 313 Same as parameter 1 3 7 P1 3 9 Relay output 2 function 22 3 314 Same as parameter 1 3 7 P1 3 10 Output frequency limit 1 supervision 0 315 0 No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 3 7 9000X AF Drives Output Signals G1 3 Continued E T N
214. reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 96 4 In of the nominal motor torque V1 6 Motor power 96 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature oC 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analog input 1 V 13 Al1 V1 12 Analog input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 2 3 9000X AF Drives Standard Application Table 2 2 Monitoring Values Continued E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 16 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Basic Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 1 Table 2 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz 0 00 101 P1 1 2 Max frequency Par 320 00 Hz 160 00 102 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor 1 1 1 synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 3 0 103 P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 S 3 0 104 P1 1 5
215. rive 3 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend the use of a relay output to connect drive 3 Since the OPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g OPTB5 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 47 9000X AF Drives ETN August 2010 Description of Parameters 4612 Autochange 4 Auxiliary drive 4 7 P1 3 1 30 control Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend the use of relay outputs to connect drives 3 and 4 Since the OPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g OPTB5 4622 Autochange 5 control 7 P1 3 1 31 Control signal for autochange drive 5 4632 Analog input supervision limit 67 P1 3 3 22 P1 3 1 22 The selected analog input signal is beyond the set supervision limits see ID372 ID373 and ID374 4649 Analog output 1 signal 234567 P1 3 1 P1 3 5 1 P1 3 3 1 selection Connect the A01 signal to the analog output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 4712 Analog output 2 signal 234567 P1 3 12 P1 3 22 P1 3 6 1 P1 3 4 1 selection Connect the AO2 signal to the analog output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see Page 6 3 472 Analog output 2 function 23456
216. rives Basic Parameters G1 1 Continued Pump and Fan Control Application E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 139 Local control 0 7 4 173 0 AI1 reference 1 AI2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller P1 1 14 Remote control 0 7 0 174 0 Al1 reference 1 AI2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller P1 1 15 9 PID controller 0 6 4 332 0 Al1 reference signal 1 AI2 Place A 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference 6 Motor potentiometer P1 1 16 PID controller gain 0 0 1000 0 96 100 0 118 P1 1 17 PID controller l time 0 00 320 00 S 1 00 119 P1 1 18 PID controller D 0 00 10 00 S 0 00 132 time P1 1 19 Sleep frequency P1 1 1 P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 1016 P1 1 20 Sleep delay 0 3600 S 30 1017 P1 1 21 Wake up limit 0 00 100 00 96 25 00 1018 P1 1 22 Wake up action 0 3 0 1019 0 Wake up when below wake up level P1 1 21 1 Wake up at when above wake up level P1 1 21 2 Wake up when below wake up level PID ref 3 Wake up when above wake up level PID ref P1 1 23 Jogging speed 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 10 00 124 reference 7 12 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Input Signals Basic Settings Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 1
217. rvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart s0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 5 tries after overvoltage trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault trip The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 6 tries after overcurrent trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 Note An IGBT temperature fault also included as part of this fault 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after an overcurrent trip saturation trip or IGBT temperature fault Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 7 tries after reference trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after the analog current signal 4 20 mA has returned to the normal level 2 4 mA Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 9 tries af
218. s 1 Start Stop Rvs Fwd 2 Start Stop Run enable 3 Start pulse Stop pulse 4 Fwd Rvs 9 5 Start Stop Rvs Fwd 6 Start Stop Run enable P1 2 2 DIN3 function 0 7 1 301 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force CP to Remote 9 6 Rvs if par 1 2 1 3 P1 2 3 Current reference 0 1 1 302 0 0 20mA offset 1 4 20mA P1 2 4 Reference scaling 0 00 Par 1 2 5 Hz 0 00 303 Selects the frequency that minimum value corresponds to the min reference signal 0 00 No scaling P1 2 5 Reference scaling 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 304 Selects the frequency that maximum value corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling P1 2 6 Reference inversion 0 1 0 305 0 Not inverted 1 Inverted P1 2 7 Reference filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 306 0 No filtering P1 2 8 AI1 signal selection A 1 377 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 P1 2 99 AI2 signal selection A 2 388 TTF programming method used See Page 6 3 Rising edge required to start CP control place Output Signals Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 3 Table 2 5 Output Signals G1 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 1 Analog output 1 signal 0 A 1 464 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 2 Analog output 0 8 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax
219. s after an Underload fault trip Number of PT100 inputs in use 567 P1 7 24 If a PT100 input board is installed in the frequency converter this sets the number of PT100 inputs in use See the 9000X Option Board User Manual Note If the selected value is greater than the actual number of PT100 inputs being used the display will read 200 C If the input is short circuited the displayed value is 30 C Response to PT100 fault 567 P1 7 25 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting PT100 warning limit 567 P1 7 26 Set here the limit at which the PT100 warning will be activated PT100 fault limit 567 P1 7 27 Set here the limit at which the PT100 fault F56 will be activated MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 71 9000X AF Drives 743 744 745 746 755 770 771 850 851 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters PT100 Numbers 2 6 P1 7 28 See P1 7 24 PT100 Fit Resp 2 6 P1 7 29 See P1 7 25 PT100 Warn Limit 2 6 P1 7 30 See P1 7 26 PT100 Fault Limit 2 6 P1 7 31 See P1 7 27 SafeDisable Mode 6 P1 7 34 With parameter you set the mode of the Safe Disable Ref Fault Select 6 P1 7 33 With this parameter you select the reference source to monitor for a Reference Fault FB MCW Bit 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bit 15 of the Fieldbus Main Control Word is used to indicate the sta
220. sating for motor slip accuracy 0 5 SPX The following selections are available for SPX drives only except for selection 2 which is available in the Multi Purpose Control Application for SVX drives also 2 Torque control In torque control mode the references are used to control the motor torque 3 Speed control closed loop The I O terminal and keypad references are speed references and the frequency converter controls the motor speed very accurately comparing the actual speed received from the tachometer to the speed reference accuracy 0 01 4 Torque control closed loop The I O terminal and keypad references are torque references and the frequency converter controls the motor torque 234567 P1 6 9 Motor noise can be minimized using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit The range of this parameter depends on the size of the frequency converter Switching frequency Table 8 12 Size Dependent Switching Frequencies Voltage Drive Rating HP l Min kHz Max kHz Default kHz 230 208 240 V 1 20 HP 1 0 16 0 10 0 230 208 240 V 25 30 HP 1 0 10 0 3 6 480 380 500 V 1 1 2 40 HP 1 0 16 0 10 0 480 380 500 V 50 250 HP 1 0 6 0 3 6 575 525 690 V All 1 0 6 0 1 5 Field weakening point 234567 P1 6 4 The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltag
221. scription of Parameters Hz PID Output Error Value 7 10 I Part 5 Hz s Pd 10 I Part 5 Hz s L 4 VA 10 I Part 5 Hz s NA 1096 I Part 5 Hz s E 7 feror 1096 l Part 5 Hz s Te ee KI 1s i Figure 8 3 PID Controller Function as l Controller Example 2 Given values P1 1 12 P 10096 P1 1 13 l time 1 00 s P1 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max freq 60 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the setpoint and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the l time Once the difference between the setpoint and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of P1 1 13 In case the error value is negative the frequency converter reacts reducing the output correspondingly See Figure 8 4 HzA PID Output Error Value A D part r K JT 1 l D part Nag ge NS VERS NS Pad pipart Ba N oS ee NS z N Lt P part 2 5 Hz Error 10 N Error 10 geri solae it Figure 8 4 PID Output Curve with the Values of Example 2 8 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 133 134 135 136 137 138 13
222. set speed 8 14 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters A A Output Frequency ID515 gt t t DIN2 DIN2 RUN RUN STOP STOP a DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Ramp b DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Coasting Figure 8 9 DIN3 as DC Brake Command Input a Stop mode ramp b Stop mode coasting 302 Reference offset for current input 12 P1 15 P1 2 3 0 No offset 0 20 mA 1 Offset 4 mA living zero provides supervision of zero level signal In the Standard Application the response to reference fault can be programmed with ID700 303 Reference scaling minimum value 2346 P1 2 4 P1 2 16 P 1 2 2 6 304 Reference scaling maximum value 2346 P1 2 5 P1 2 17 P1 2 2 7 Setting value limits O lt ID303 lt ID304 lt ID102 If ID303 0 scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling A Output A Qutput Frequency Frequency Max Frequency ID102 Max Frequency ID102 ID304 Ref Scaling Max Value 1 2 23 ID303 Analog Analog Min Frequency ID101 Input V Min Frequency ID101 Input V 0 10 0 10 With Reference Scaling Without Reference Scaling Figure 8 10 With and Without Reference Scaling Left Reference scaling Right No scaling used ID303 0 MN04004001E For more
223. shown the parameter is available in all applications See the list of applications below The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are also given 1 Basic Application 2 Standard Application 3 Local Remote Control Application 4 Multi Step Speed Control Application 5 PID Control Application 6 Multi Purpose Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application 101 Minimum frequency P1 1 P1 1 1 102 Maximum frequency P1 2 P1 1 2 Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz The software will automatically check the values of ID105 ID 106 ID315 and ID728 103 Acceleration time 1 P1 3 P1 1 3 104 Deceleration time 1 P1 4 P1 1 4 These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency ID102 105 Preset speed 1 1246 P1 18 P1 1 14 P1 1 15 106 Preset speed2 1246 P1 19 P1 1 15 P1 1 16 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies ID101 ID102 Note the use of the TTF programming method in the Multi Purpose Control Application See ID419 ID420 and ID421 Table 8 1 Preset Speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Speed select 1 DIN4 select 2 DIN5 Basic speed 0 0 ID105 1 0 ID106 0 1 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 1 9000X AF Drives
224. sion P1 3 11 Output frequency limit 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 316 1 Supervised value P1 3 12 Analog output 2 signal 0 0 1 471 TTF programming method used selection See Page 6 3 P1 3 13 Analog output 2 0 8 4 472 Same as parameter 1 3 2 function P1 3 14 Analog output 2 filter 0 00 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering time P1 3 15 Analog output 2 0 1 0 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 16 Analog output 2 0 1 0 475 0 0mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 17 Analog output 2 10 1000 100 476 scaling 2 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 Standard Application Drive Control Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 4 Table 2 6 Drive Control Parameters G1 4 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 4 1 Ramp 1 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 500 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 2 Ramp 2 shape 0 0 10 0 S 0 0 501 0 Linear gt 0 S curve ramp time P1 4 3 Acceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 502 P1 4 4 Deceleration time 2 0 1 3000 0 s 10 0 503 P1 4 5 6 Brake chopper 0 4 0 504 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing P1 4 6 Start function 0 1 0 505 0 Ramp 1 Flying start P1 4 7 Stop function 0 3 1 506 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P1 4 8 8 DC
225. sit www eaton com i 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Table of Contents CHAPTER LIST OF FIGURES 000 ccc cece eee eens iv CHAPTER LIST OF TABLES 0 00 ccc eee eens V CHAPTER SAFETY cl llle AG viii Definitions and Symbols llle viii Hazardous High Voltage sea er LER Exe mmm EE dee ESSE viii Cautions and Notices ees ix CHAPTER 1 BASIC APPLICATION 0000 c cece n 1 1 In tFOQUCLIOFI uuu AA valise ye PA ew Sant we ane ap ee wee 1 1 Ee co NO TET 1 2 Basic Application Parameter Lists eee eee ees 1 3 CHAPTER 2 STANDARD APPLICATION 2222252 25205 2 1 Introductlon 2152 BBW NG Ka KWAN WANG Sh KENT Bee BA ANNA wa 2 1 Control JO ch sewed eh deseo REED UE s Shan oh oe eee X Re AKA 2 2 Standard Application Parameter Lists scele 2 3 CHAPTER 3 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION sssss 3 1 Introduction a ripe pru pre PERE a ad end ce he edie DR Ea pl 3 1 Control Oman aa C MTTT 3 2 Local Remote Control Application Parameter Lists 3 3 CHAPTER 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION 4 1 Introd clon 2 2 ase lt 2 EC eee oe ea Thats SOAs Raum vade itus rd 4 1 Controll O 224a vin dee Ser aided need ima seit owe heey Fe cope sew vas a e ees 4 2 Multi Step Speed Control Application Parameter Lists 4 3 CHAPTER 5 PID CO
226. start stop logic Default programming A 1 Start signal 2 6 P1 2 7 2 Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic Default programming A 2 External fault close 67 P1 2 7 11 P1 2 6 4 Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped External fault open 67 P1 2 7 12 P1 2 6 5 Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped Run enable 67 P1 2 7 3 P1 2 6 6 Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled Acceleration Deceleration time 67 P1 2 7 13 P1 2 6 7 selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Set Acceleration Deceleration times with ID103 and ID104 Control from I O terminal 67 P1 2 7 18 P1 2 6 8 Contact closed Force control place to I O terminal Control from keypad 67 P1 2 7 19 P1 2 6 9 Contact closed Force control place to keypad Reverse 67 P1 2 7 4 P1 2 6 11 Contact open Direction forward Contact closed Direction reverse Jogging speed 67 P1 2 7 10 P1 2 6 13 Contact closed Jog speed selected for frequency reference See parameter ID124 Default programming A 4 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 43 9000X AF Drives 4149 4159 4160 4170 4180 4190 4200 4210 4220 4239 4249 4250 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Fault reset 67 P1 2 7 10 P1 2 6 13 Contact closed All faults are reset Acc
227. supervised value Analog Output 1 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 3 Table 7 12 Output Signals Analog Output 1 G1 3 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 3 1 Analog output AnOUT 0 1 AnOUT E 10 AnOUT A 1 464 signal selection P1 3 3 2 Analog output 0 14 1 307 0 Not used function 1 Output freq 0 fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current 0 Inmotor 5 Motor torque 0 T Motor 6 Motor power 0 Puro 7 Motor voltage 0 V Motor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 14 PT100 temperature P1 3 3 3 Analog output 0 00 10 00 S 1 00 308 0 00 No filtering filter time P1 3 3 4 Analog output 0 1 0 309 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted P1 3 3 5 Analog output 0 1 0 310 0 0 mA minimum 1 4mA P1 3 3 6 Analog output 10 1000 96 100 311 scale P1 3 3 7 lout offset 100 00 100 00 0 00 375 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 7 19 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Analog Output 2 Control Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 4 Table 7 13 Output Signals Analog Output 2 G1 3 4 E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Min
228. t Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Joystick hysteresis e Possibility to connect the FB Process data to any parameter and some monitoring values The parameters of the Multi Purpose Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 1 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Control I O Table 6 1 Multi Purpose Control Application Default I O Configuration and Connection Example Terminal Signal Description Reference potentiometer 1 10 kW BETA a a AN r Se NG 10Vret Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc 2 Al1 Analog input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference moan 0 10V DC 3 Al1 I O Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analog input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA r v 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls L Pd Eo aa 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse PA programmable
229. t fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reverse 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 Freq limit 1 superv 14 Freq limit 2 superv 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Remote control active 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Reference inverted 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Therm fault or warn 23 On Off control 24 Fieldbus input data 1 25 Fieldbus input data 2 26 Fieldbus input data 3 27 Fieldbus input data 4 28 Fieldbus input data 5 29 SafeDisableA 30 CargeSW Stat P1 3 1 3 Digital output 1 0 00 320 00 S 0 00 487 0 00 delay not in use on delay P1 3 1 4 Digital output 1 0 00 320 00 S 0 00 488 0 00 delay not in use off delay Delayed Digital Output 2 Keypad Menu M1 gt G1 3 2 Table 6 15 Delayed Digital Output 2 Parameters G1 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 2 1 9 Digital output 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 0 1 489 signal selection P1 3 2 2 Digital output 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 0 490 See par 1 3 1 2 function P1 3 2 3 Digital output 2 on 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 491 0 00 delay not in use delay P1 3 2 4 Digital output 2 off 0 00 320 00 s 0 00 492 0 00 delay not in use delay 6 14 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Digital Output Sig
230. t solutions help enterprises achieve sustainable and competitive advantages through proactive management of the power system as a strategic integrated asset throughout its life cycle resulting in enhanced safety greater reliability and energy efficiency For more information visit www eaton com electrical Kan PowerChain Management PowerChain Management is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation All other trademarks are property of their respective owners
231. t 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 Analog input 3 27 Al3 V1 14 Analog input 4 28 Al4 V1 15 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 5 3 9000X AF Drives PID Control Application Table 5 2 Monitoring Values Continued E T N August 2010 Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 16 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 17 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 18 Analog lout mA 26 AO1 V1 19 PID Reference 96 20 In 96 of the max frequency V1 20 PID Actual value 96 21 In 96 of the max actual value V1 21 PID Error value 96 22 In 96 of the max error value V1 22 PID Output 96 23 In of the max output value V1 23 PT 100 Temperature C Highest temperature of used inputs G1 24 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Basic Parameters Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 1 Table 5 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note place P1 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 1 1 2 Hz P1 1 2 Max frequency Par 1 1 1 NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system P1 1 3 Acceleration time 1 NOTE If PID controller is used Acceleration time 2 par 1 4 3 is automatically applied P1 1 4 Deceleration time 1 NOTE If PID controller is used Deceleration time 2 par 1 4 4 is a
232. t Curve with the Values of Example3 eee eee 8 7 Start Forward Start Reverse 0 00 ees 8 11 Start Stop and Reverse 2v Ink ole So ees NA NATA XE ERIS GG 8 11 Start Pulse Stop Pulse essei V EX ABEL Dh KARLA de NG 8 12 DIN3 as DC Brake Command Input llle 8 15 With and Without Reference Scaling 4 eene 8 15 Reference Inversion s p We tid eke 9 RERO REUS ORO E A RSEN a GER RR BAG REA 8 16 Reference Filtering sia cat0 cet han tdi hee eee BEY oe ODE OR ERE OR GE 8 16 Analog Output Filtering 2 esta Ka NG Kim e eEIDSPRUECPERDZBROREGaINEGCmGPep 8 17 Analog Output Invert i ies ve donee eel coi ice eee eared ex Geb E GR X A ech ER UE Qo ee 8 17 Analog Output Scaling Laag kak TALA Eig Queue RON ER GERNE ee Yeo 8 18 Output Frequency Supervision 0 cece ee teen teens 8 20 DC Braking Command Selection 12 Selected for DIN2 cece eee 8 22 All No Signal Inversion ssis c Rx KA Rex KG earn Le ORI UR YR eek 8 23 AIT Signal inversi s x sucus sins rere by i e E EGO ER OE RR CE SOR aH 8 23 All Signal Filtering i xke Re hk EROR Ode e OLG OX OR chee ea NANG 8 24 Analog Input AI2 Scaling Ls och ceded essere eia ln s beet Reade dei 8 24 Examples of Actual Value Signal Scaling 0 00 e eee eee eee eee 8 27 Control Place B with and without Reference Scaling nannan 8 28 External Brake Control esta e Re tba Ox ac ERGO ERG PEG Ce OR n a nes 8 30 An Example of On Off
233. t Speed 4 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 25 00 127 P1 1 22 Preset Speed 5 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 30 00 128 P1 1 23 Preset Speed 6 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 40 00 129 P1 1 24 Preset Speed 7 Min Freq Max Freq Hz 60 00 130 Input Signals Basic Settings Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 1 Table 6 7 Input Signals Basic Settings G1 2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 2 1 1 Start Stop logic selection 0 7 0 300 0 Forw Rev 1 Start Rev 2 Start Enable 3 StartP StopP 4 Strt MotP UP 5 ForwR RevR 6 StartR Rev 7 StrtR Enable P1 2 1 2 MotPot ramp time 0 1 2000 0 Hz s 10 0 331 P1 2 1 3 MotPotMemFreqRef 0 2 1 367 0 No reset 1 Res stop P D 2 Res PD P1 2 1 4 Adjust input 0 5 0 493 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus P1 2 1 5 Adjust minimum 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 494 P1 2 1 6 Adjust maximum 0 0 100 0 96 0 0 495 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 9 9000X AF Drives Analog Input 1 Control Keypad Menu M1 G1 2 2 E T N August 2010 Multi Purpose Control Application Table 6 8 Analog Input 1 Parameters G1 2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default ID Note P1 2 2 1 Al1 signal selection 0 A 1 377 TTF programming See chapter 6 3 P1 2 2 2 AI filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 324 0 No filtering P1 2 2 3 AI1 signal range 0 3 0 320 0 0 100 1 4mA 20 100 2
234. t limit if used and 3 the output frequency must be over the set limit if used MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com A 1 9000X AF Drives E T N August 2010 Appendix A Brake on Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output frequency falls below the set limit ID315 or ID346 As a precaution the brake closes when the brake on delay expires at the latest Note A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay See Figure A 2 Note It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to avoid damaging of the brake r No brake off control 0 2 ID346 Brake off ctrl 2limits 3 Brake on off ctrl 1 limit 4 Brake Off TRUE EET Control Output Frequency 2 ID347 7 3 4 No brake off control 0 2 Off ips And Delay Brake off control 3 Count torque limit TRUE ag Motor Torque 2 ID349 23 4 L Brake Off Brake On Run State Not On No Run Request Delay Count Reversing Or No Run Request No brake on contro 0 2 Or ID315 3 And Brake on ctrl 2 limits 3 Brake On o Control j No brake on contro 0 3 ID346 4 1Brake on off ctrl 1 limit 4 1
235. ter external fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after External fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after External fault trip MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 69 9000X AF Drives 726 727 728 730 731 E T N August 2010 Description of Parameters Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 8 tries after motor temperature fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip s0 Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level Response to undervoltage fault 234567 P1 7 5 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting For the undervoltage limits see 9000X AF Drives User Manual Table 4 2 Reference fault preset 234567 P1 7 2 frequency reference If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4 mA fault occurs then the frequency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter Input phase supervision 234567 P1 7 4 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the frequency converter have approximatel
236. the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain above the start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is started The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary starts caused by the start limit being momentarily exceeded See Figure 8 54 1011 Stop delay of auxiliary 7 P1 9 11 drives The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain below the stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is stopped The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary stops caused by the stop limit frequency momentarily dropping below the limit See Figure 8 54 Output Output Start Delay of the Aux Frequency Frequency Drives Par ID1010 A A m Start Freq of Aux Drive 1 Start Freq of Aux Drive 1 4 Frequency Par ID1002 1 Hz Par ID1002 1 Hz Increases During the Frequency Start Delay After Starting HY the Aux Drive 1 Is Par ID1003 1 Hz Stop Freq of Aux Drive 1 Par ID1003 1 Hz Fmin Par Z ID101 M ARP NIE AE Frequency After Frequency LZ NPA garing the Ea Decreases During Stop Delay of the Aux ar r4 A Par ID1003 1 Hz caer the Stop Delay l el Drives Par p Flow Flow Figure 8 54 Example of Parameter Setting Variable Speed Drive
237. tput 5 PID keypad PID output 6 Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 7 Mot pot PID output P1 2 5 Actual value 0 7 0 333 0 Actual value 1 selection 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual 1 Actual2 7 Sart Act1 Sqrt Act2 P1 2 6 Actual value 1 0 10 2 334 0 Not used selection 1 Al1 signal c board 2 AI2 signal c board 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN2 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact 5 6 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 PID Control Application Table 5 4 Input Signals G1 2 Continued 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 2 7 Actual value 2 input 0 9 0 335 0 Not used 1 All signal c board 2 AI2 signal c board 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN3 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power P1 2 8 Actual value 1 1000 0 1000 0 0 0 336 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P1 2 9 Actual value 1 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 337 100 No maximum scaling maximum scale P1 2 10 Actual value 2 1000 0 1000
238. trol DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 445 See explanations on Page 8 46 P1 3 3 15 External brake control DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 446 See explanations on inverted Page 8 46 P1 3 3 16 Output frequency limit 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 447 See ID315 supervision P1 3 3 17 Output frequency limit 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 448 See ID346 supervision P1 3 3 18 Reference limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 449 See ID350 supervision P1 3 3 19 Temperature limit DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 450 See ID354 supervision P1 3 3 20 Torque limit supervision DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 451 See ID348 P1 3 3 21 Motor thermal DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 452 protection P1 3 3 22 Analog input DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 463 See ID356 supervision limit P1 3 3 23 Motor regulator DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 454 activation P1 3 3 24 Fieldbus input data 1 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 455 FB CW B11 P1 3 3 29 Safe Disable DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 1680 P1 3 3 30 ChargeSwsState DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 1681 P1 3 3 25 Fieldbus input data 2 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 456 FB CW B12 P1 3 3 26 Fieldbus input data 3 DigOUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 DigOUT 0 1 457 FB CW B13 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 6 15 9000X AF Drives Multi Purpose C
239. troller 234567 P1 6 10 These parameters allow the under overvoltage controllers to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the main supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate this over undervoltage In this case the regulator controls the output frequency taking the supply fluctuations into account 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq Undervoltage controller 234567 P1 6 11 See ID607 Note Over undervoltage trips may occur when the controllers are switched off 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on Torque limit 6 P1 10 1 With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0 400 0 8 58 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Torque limit control P gain 6 P1 10 2 This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller Torque limit control I gain 6 P1 10 3 This parameter determines the I gain of the torque limit controller CL Magnetizing current 234567 P1 6 12 1 P1 6 15 1 Sets the motor magnetizing current no load current See Page A 3 CL Speed control P gain 234567 P1 6 12 2 P1 6 15 2
240. ts the rise time of magnetizing current Identification 23456 P1 6 13 P1 6 16 With this parameter the drive will identify the motor and adjust tuning parameters to improve starting torque and closed loop current control See Chapter 6 of the 9000X User Manual 0 No Action 1 OL V F Ratio ID No Run the drive is run at zero speed to identify the stator motor parameters 2 OL V F Boost same as ID No Run and then turns on V Hz Boost 3 MultiPurpose APP SPX Only ID With Run performs an ID No Run and then runs the motor at 2 3 rated frequency to identify the motor no load current and motor saturation curve Motor must be unloaded for an accurate ID Run CL Start up torque forward 234567 P1 6 13 5 P1 6 16 5 Sets the start up torque for forward direction if selected with parameter P1 6 12 11 CL Start up torque reverse 234567 P1 6 13 2 P1 6 16 2 Sets the start up torque for reverse direction if selected with parameter P1 6 12 11 8 60 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Minimum frequency for Open 6 P1 10 8 Loop torque control Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency converter operates in the frequency control mode Because of the nominal slip of the motor the internal torque calculation is inaccurate at low speeds where it is recommended to use the fr
241. tus of the signal from the master controller For example the PROFIBUS board will set Bit 15 high if the drive is addressed correctly and communicating with the master Bit 15 is set low and the red LED on the board is turned on if 1 The cable is broken or incorrectly connected 2 The wrong configuration is set in the master or 3 The master is offline or shut down Set Fault Low for this enhanced monitoring of the PROFIBUS This bit can affect both the Communication Fault and Reference Fault Other Fieldbus boards or master controllers may indicate a problem by setting Bit 15 high In this case select Fault High to respond to a Bit 15 Fieldbus reference minimum 6 P1 9 1 scaling Fieldbus reference maximum 6 P1 9 2 scaling Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal Setting value limits 0 ID850 lt ID851 lt ID102 If ID851 O custom scaling is not used and the minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling The scaling functions as illustrated in Figure 8 10 See Page A 5 Note Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual value 8 72 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters 852to Fieldbus data out selections 6 P1 9 3 to P1 9 10 859 876 877 1001 1002 1 to 8 Using these parameters you can observe any monitored item or parameter from the fieldbus Enter
242. ued Multi Purpose Control Application 9000X AF Drives Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 7 16 Stall frequency limit 1 0 Par 1 1 2 Hz 25 0 712 P1 7 17 Underload 0 3 0 713 0 No response protection 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 18 Field weakening 10 0 150 0 Yo 50 0 714 area load P1 7 19 Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 96 10 0 715 P1 7 20 Underload 2 00 600 00 S 20 00 716 protection time limit P1 7 21 Response to 0 3 2 732 0 2 No response thermistor fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 22 Response to 0 3 2 733 See P1 7 21 fieldbus fault P1 7 23 Response to slot 0 3 2 734 See P1 7 21 fault P1 7 24 No of PT100 inputs 0 739 P1 7 25 Response to PT100 0 740 0 No response fault 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 1 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting P1 7 26 PT100 warning limit 30 0 200 0 C 120 0 741 P1 7 27 PT100 fault limit 30 0 200 0 C 130 0 742 P1 7 28 PT100 Numbers 2 0 3 0 743 P1 7 29 PT100 Fit Resp 2 0 3 0 No 744 See External Fault Action P1 7 30 PT100WarnLimit2 30 200 G 120 745 P1 7 31 PT100 FitLimit 2 30 200 130 746 P1 7 32 FB WatchdogDelay 0 10 00 S 0 1354 0 Not monitored P1 7 33 FCW monitor bit 0 1 1 Fault 771 High P1 7 34 FB monitor delay 0 10 00 S 0 772 0 Not monitored P1 7 35 Ref fault select 0 4 1 Al2 770 0 AI1 1
243. urrent ID311 200 ID311 20 mA ID311 Tem 1777 50 10 mA ID310 1 l Max Value 4 mA of Signal Selected by ID307 ID310 0 0 mA 0 0 5 1 0 Figure 8 15 Analog Output Scaling 312 Digital output function 23456 P1 3 7 P1 3 1 2 313 Relay output 1 function 2345 P1 3 8 P1 3 1 3 314 Relay output 2 function 2345 P1 3 9 8 18 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 Description 9000X AF Drives of Parameters Table 8 8 Output Signals Via DO1 and Output Relays RO1 and RO2 Setting value Signal content 0 Not used Out of operation Digital output DO1 sinks current and programmable relay RO1 RO2 is activated when 1 Ready The frequency converter is ready to operate 2 Run The frequency converter is operating motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted A fault trip not occurred 5 Overheat warning The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C 6 External fault or warning Fault or warning depending on ID701 7 Reference fault or warning Fault or warning depending on ID700 if analog reference is 4 20 mA and signal is 4 mA 8 Warning Always if a warning exists 9 Reversed The reverse command has been selected 10 Preset speed 1 Application 2 10 Jogging speed Applications 3456 11 At speed The preset speed has been sel
244. utomatically applied P1 1 5 Current limit P1 1 69 Nominal voltage of the motor P1 1 7 Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 8 Nominal speed of The default applies for a 4 pole the motor motor and a nominal size frequency converter P1 1 9 Nominal current of 0 1 x ly Check the rating plate of the the motor motor P1 1 10 Power Factor Check the rating plate of the motor P1 1 11 9 Local control place 0 1 1 O Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P1 1 12 Remote control 1 1 0 Terminal 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 5 4 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N 9000X AF Drives August 2010 PID Control Application Table 5 3 Basic Parameters G1 1 Continued P1 1 14 6 Remotes control reference Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 1 13 Local control 0 3 4 173 0 AI reference 1 2 AI2 2 AI3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller 0 AI1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller reference P1 1 15 Motor Id 0 Not used 1 V Hz 2 V Hz with boost P1 1 16 V Hz opt 0 Not used 1 Automatic t orque boost P1 1 17 PID controller 0 Anal volt input 2 3 reference signal 1 Anal curr input 4 5 Place
245. ux i ID101 Drive 1 ID1003 M SBI Actual Value gt Maximum of the Minimum of the Actual Value Actual Value Start Start Stop Control of the Freq Converter stop Start Auxiliary Drive 1 stop Start Auxiliary Drive 2 sisa Figure 8 57 Example of Adjustable Frequency Drive and Two Auxiliary Drives with Bypassed PID Controller 1021 Analog input selection for input 7 P1 9 17 pressure measurement 1022 Input pressure high limit 7 P1 9 18 1023 Input pressure low limit 7 P1 9 19 1024 Output pressure drop value 7 P1 9 20 In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pressure if the input pressure decreases below a certain limit The input pressure measurement which is needed is connected to the analog input selected with ID1021 See Figure 8 58 MN04004001E For more information visit www eaton com 8 79 9000X AF Drives E TeN August 2010 Description of Parameters Input Pressure Measurement Selected with ID1021 PI Controller Actual Value Input ID333 Q D Q Figure 8 58 Input and Output Pressure Measuring ID1022 and ID1023 are used to select the limits for the area of the input pressure where the output pressure is decreased The values are in percent of the input pressure measurement maximum value With ID1024 the value for the output pressure decrease within this area can be set The value is in percent of the referen
246. ven in Chapter 8 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter Parameter value can only be changed after the drive has been stopped Use TTF method to program these parameters See Page 6 3 Monitoring Values Control Keypad Menu M7 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See 9000X AF Drives User Manual Chapter 5 for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 19 to V1 22 are available with the PID control application only Table 5 2 Monitoring Values Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 96 4 In of Motor nom torque V1 6 Motor power 96 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC Bus voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 96 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analog input 1 V 13 Al1 V1 12 Analog inpu
247. vision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 2 Output freq limit 1 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 316 Supervised value P1 3 2 3 Output frequency O 2 0 0 No limit limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 4 Output freq limit 2 0 00 P1 1 2 Hz 0 00 Supervised value P1 3 2 5 Torque limit 0 2 0 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 6 Torque limit 0 0 300 0 100 0 supervision value P1 3 2 7 Reference limit 0 2 0 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit P1 3 2 8 Reference limit 0 0 100 0 0 0 351 supervision value P1 3 2 9 External 0 0 100 0 S 0 5 352 brake off delay P1 3 2 10 External 0 0 100 0 S 1 5 353 brake on delay P1 3 2 11 FC temperature 0 2 0 354 0 Not used supervision 1 Low limit 2 High limit 7 18 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 9000X AF Drives Pump and Fan Control Application Table 7 11 Output Signals Limit Settings G1 3 2 Continued Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P1 3 2 12 FC temperature 10 75 C 40 355 supervised value P1 3 2 13 Supervised analog 0 1 0 372 0 Al1 input 1 Al2 P1 3 2 14 Analog input 0 2 0 373 0 Nolimit supervision limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision P1 3 2 15 Analog input 0 00 100 00 0 00
248. y converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits ID354 and ID355 20 Unrequested rotation direction Applications 345 20 Reference inverted Application 6 21 External brake control inverted Applications 3456 Rotation direction is different from the requested one External brake ON OFF control ID352 and ID353 Output active when brake control is OFF MN04004001E For more informatio 8 19 n visit www eaton com 9000X AF Drives ETN August 2010 Description of Parameters Table 8 8 Output Signals Via DO1 and Output Relays RO1 and RO2 Continued Setting value Signal content 22 Thermistor fault or warning The thermistor input of option board indicates Applications 3456 overtemperature Fault or warning depending on ID732 23 Fieldbus input data Fieldbus input data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Application 5 23 On Off control Application 6 Selects the analog input to be monitored ID356 ID357 ID358 and ID463 24 Fieldbus input data 1 Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Application 6 25 Fieldbus input data 2 Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Application 6 26 Fieldbus input data 3 Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Application 6 315 Output frequency limit 234567 P1 3 10 P1 3 4 1 P1 3 2 1 supervision function 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on contr
249. y equal currents Automatic restart 1 P1 20 The Automatic restart is used when this parameter is enabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The function resets the following faults max three times see the 9000X AF Drives User Manual Appendix B X Overcurrent F1 X Overvoltage F2 Y Undervoltage F9 Y Frequency converter overtemperature F 14 Y Motor overtemperature F16 gt Reference fault F50 8 70 For more information visit www eaton com MN04004001E E T N August 2010 732 733 734 738 739 740 741 742 9000X AF Drives Description of Parameters Response to thermistor fault 234567 P1 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection Response to fieldbus fault 234567 P1 7 22 This sets the response mode for the fieldbus fault when a fieldbus board is used For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual See ID732 Response to slot fault 234567 P1 7 23 This sets the response mode for a board slot fault caused by a missing or failed board See ID732 Automatic restart Number of 234567 P1 8 10 tries after underload fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after an Underload fault trip s0 Number of automatic restart

9000X AF Drives

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents